summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/docs/htmldocs
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/htmldocs')
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html689
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html12
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html12
3 files changed, 360 insertions, 353 deletions
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
index b6eb609bb0..a6feb7cf9e 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
@@ -244,29 +244,29 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
connection is made as the username given in the "guest
account =" for the service, irrespective of the
supplied password.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMPLETE LIST OF GLOBAL PARAMETERS</h2><p>Here is a list of all global parameters. See the section of
- each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>abort shutdown script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDMACHINESCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>add share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDUSERSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add user script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add user to group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>algorithmic rid base</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"><i class="parameter"><tt>allow trusted domains</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ANNOUNCEAS"><i class="parameter"><tt>announce as</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ANNOUNCEVERSION"><i class="parameter"><tt>announce version</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AUTHMETHODS"><i class="parameter"><tt>auth methods</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AUTOSERVICES"><i class="parameter"><tt>auto services</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSELIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>browse list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>change notify timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>change share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTLANMANAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>client lanman auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>client ntlmv2 auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>client plaintext auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTSCHANNEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>client schannel</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTSIGNING"><i class="parameter"><tt>client signing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTUSESPNEGO"><i class="parameter"><tt>client use spnego</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CONFIGFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>config file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEADTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>deadtime</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug hires timestamp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGPID"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug pid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug timestamp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULT"><i class="parameter"><tt>default</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTSERVICE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default service</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete user from group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete user script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DFREECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>dfree command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISABLENETBIOS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable netbios</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISABLESPOOLSS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISPLAYCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>display charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DNSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>dns proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>domain logons</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOMAINMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>domain master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENABLERIDALGORITHM"><i class="parameter"><tt>enable rid algorithm</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENHANCEDBROWSING"><i class="parameter"><tt>enhanced browsing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GETQUOTACOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>get quota command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GETWDCACHE"><i class="parameter"><tt>getwd cache</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDELOCALUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide local users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOMEDIRMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>homedir map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i class="parameter"><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"><i class="parameter"><tt>hostname lookups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSEQUIV"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts equiv</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#IDMAPBACKEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>idmap backend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#IDMAPGID"><i class="parameter"><tt>idmap gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#IDMAPUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>idmap uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INCLUDE"><i class="parameter"><tt>include</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INTERFACES"><i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KEEPALIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>keepalive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel change notify</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LANMANAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>lanman auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LARGEREADWRITE"><i class="parameter"><tt>large readwrite</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPADMINDN"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPDELETEDN"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap delete dn</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPFILTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap filter</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap group suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap idmap suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap machine suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPPASSWDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap passwd sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap port</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSSL"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPUSERSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap user suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LMANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LMINTERVAL"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOADPRINTERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCALMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>local master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock spin count</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKSPINTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock spin time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>log file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONDRIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon drive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONHOME"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONPATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPQCACHETIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>machine password timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDSTACK"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangled stack</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEPREFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangle prefix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGMETHOD"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling method</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXDISKSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>max disk size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXLOGSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>max log size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXMUX"><i class="parameter"><tt>max mux</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXOPENFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>max open files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXSMBDPROCESSES"><i class="parameter"><tt>max smbd processes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXWINSTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max wins ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXXMIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>max xmit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MESSAGECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>message command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPASSWDLENGTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>min passwd length</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>min password length</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINWINSTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min wins ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NAMECACHETIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>name cache timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NAMERESOLVEORDER"><i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSALIASES"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios aliases</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSSCOPE"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios scope</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>nis homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTLMAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>ntlm auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTPIPESUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt pipe support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTSTATUSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt status support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NULLPASSWORDS"><i class="parameter"><tt>null passwords</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>obey pam restrictions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplock break wait time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OS2DRIVERMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>os2 driver map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OSLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i class="parameter"><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PANICACTION"><i class="parameter"><tt>panic action</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>paranoid server security</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSDBBACKEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWORDLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PIDDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>pid directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREFEREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>prefered master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREFERREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRELOAD"><i class="parameter"><tt>preload</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRELOADMODULES"><i class="parameter"><tt>preload modules</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRIVATEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>private dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READBMPX"><i class="parameter"><tt>read bmpx</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READRAW"><i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REALM"><i class="parameter"><tt>realm</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REMOTEANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REMOTEBROWSESYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>remote browse sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"><i class="parameter"><tt>restrict anonymous</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>root</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>root dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>root directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSCHANNEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSIGNING"><i class="parameter"><tt>server signing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSTRING"><i class="parameter"><tt>server string</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>set primary group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETQUOTACOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>set quota command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>shutdown script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SMBPASSWDFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>smb passwd file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SMBPORTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>smb ports</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOCKETADDRESS"><i class="parameter"><tt>socket address</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOCKETOPTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOURCEENVIRONMENT"><i class="parameter"><tt>source environment</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STATCACHE"><i class="parameter"><tt>stat cache</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRIPDOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>strip dot</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYSLOG"><i class="parameter"><tt>syslog</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYSLOGONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>syslog only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>template homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATEPRIMARYGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>template primary group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATESHELL"><i class="parameter"><tt>template shell</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMEOFFSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>time offset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMESERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>time server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMESTAMPLOGS"><i class="parameter"><tt>timestamp logs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNICODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>unicode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXEXTENSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix extensions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix password sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UPDATEENCRYPTED"><i class="parameter"><tt>update encrypted</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USEMMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>use mmap</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAMELEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>username level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAMEMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>username map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USESPNEGO"><i class="parameter"><tt>use spnego</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UTMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>utmp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UTMPDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>utmp directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDCACHETIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENABLELOCALACCOUNTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enable local accounts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENUMGROUPS"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum groups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENUMUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDGID"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDSEPARATOR"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind separator</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind trusted domains only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind use default domain</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSHOOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins hook</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSPARTNERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins partners</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WORKGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITERAW"><i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WTMPDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>wtmp directory</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS</h2><p>Here is a list of all service parameters. See the section on
- each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="#ACLCOMPATIBILITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>acl compatibility</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADMINUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>admin users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALLOWHOSTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>allow hosts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AVAILABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>available</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BLOCKINGLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>blocking locks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BLOCKSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>block size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>browsable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CASESENSITIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>case sensitive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CASESIGNAMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>casesignames</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#COMMENT"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#COPY"><i class="parameter"><tt>copy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CSCPOLICY"><i class="parameter"><tt>csc policy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTDEVMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default devmode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEREADONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete readonly</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEVETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete veto files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DENYHOSTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>deny hosts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DONTDESCEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>dont descend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filemode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filetime resolution</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILETIMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filetimes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#EXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>exec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>fake directory create times</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FAKEOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>fake oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FOLLOWSYMLINKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>follow symlinks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FSTYPE"><i class="parameter"><tt>fstype</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEDOTFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide dot files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDESPECIALFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide special files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEUNREADABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide unreadable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide unwriteable files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSALLOW"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSDENY"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INHERITACLS"><i class="parameter"><tt>inherit acls</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>inherit permissions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>level2 oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPQCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPRESUMECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPRMCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAGICOUTPUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>magic output</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAGICSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>magic script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangle case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangled map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDNAMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangled names</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGCHAR"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling char</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPACLINHERIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>map acl inherit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPARCHIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>map archive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPHIDDEN"><i class="parameter"><tt>map hidden</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPSYSTEM"><i class="parameter"><tt>map system</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXCONNECTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max connections</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max reported print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPRINTSPACE"><i class="parameter"><tt>min print space</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MSDFSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>msdfs proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>msdfs root</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTACLSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ONLYGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>only guest</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ONLYUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>only user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplock contention limit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#POSIXLOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>posix locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#POSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>postexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRESERVECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>preserve case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCAPNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTERADMIN"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>print ok</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PROFILEACLS"><i class="parameter"><tt>profile acls</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PUBLIC"><i class="parameter"><tt>public</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>queuepause command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>queueresume command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READLIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>read list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPOSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>root postexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>root preexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"><i class="parameter"><tt>root preexec close</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>set directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHAREMODES"><i class="parameter"><tt>share modes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHORTPRESERVECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>short preserve case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTALLOCATE"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict allocate</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTLOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYNCALWAYS"><i class="parameter"><tt>sync always</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USECLIENTDRIVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USER"><i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USESENDFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>use sendfile</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#-VALID"><i class="parameter"><tt>-valid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>valid users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VETOOPLOCKFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto oplock files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSOBJECT"><i class="parameter"><tt>vfs object</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSOBJECTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>vfs objects</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VOLUME"><i class="parameter"><tt>volume</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WIDELINKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>wide links</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>writable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITECACHESIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>write cache size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITELIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>write list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITEOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>write ok</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>abort shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</em></span>
+ each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>abort shutdown script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDMACHINESCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>add share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDUSERSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add user script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add user to group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AFSUSERNAMEMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>afs username map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>algorithmic rid base</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"><i class="parameter"><tt>allow trusted domains</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ANNOUNCEAS"><i class="parameter"><tt>announce as</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ANNOUNCEVERSION"><i class="parameter"><tt>announce version</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AUTHMETHODS"><i class="parameter"><tt>auth methods</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AUTOSERVICES"><i class="parameter"><tt>auto services</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSELIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>browse list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>change notify timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>change share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTLANMANAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>client lanman auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>client ntlmv2 auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>client plaintext auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTSCHANNEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>client schannel</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTSIGNING"><i class="parameter"><tt>client signing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTUSESPNEGO"><i class="parameter"><tt>client use spnego</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CONFIGFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>config file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEADTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>deadtime</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug hires timestamp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGPID"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug pid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug timestamp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULT"><i class="parameter"><tt>default</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTSERVICE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default service</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete user from group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete user script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DFREECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>dfree command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISABLENETBIOS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable netbios</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISABLESPOOLSS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISPLAYCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>display charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DNSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>dns proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>domain logons</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOMAINMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>domain master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENABLERIDALGORITHM"><i class="parameter"><tt>enable rid algorithm</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENHANCEDBROWSING"><i class="parameter"><tt>enhanced browsing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GETQUOTACOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>get quota command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GETWDCACHE"><i class="parameter"><tt>getwd cache</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDELOCALUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide local users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOMEDIRMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>homedir map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i class="parameter"><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"><i class="parameter"><tt>hostname lookups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSEQUIV"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts equiv</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#IDMAPBACKEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>idmap backend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#IDMAPGID"><i class="parameter"><tt>idmap gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#IDMAPUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>idmap uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INCLUDE"><i class="parameter"><tt>include</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INTERFACES"><i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KEEPALIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>keepalive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel change notify</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LANMANAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>lanman auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LARGEREADWRITE"><i class="parameter"><tt>large readwrite</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPADMINDN"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPDELETEDN"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap delete dn</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPFILTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap filter</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap group suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap idmap suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap machine suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPPASSWDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap passwd sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap port</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSSL"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPUSERSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap user suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LMANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LMINTERVAL"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOADPRINTERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCALMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>local master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock spin count</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKSPINTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock spin time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>log file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONDRIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon drive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONHOME"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONPATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPQCACHETIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>machine password timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDSTACK"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangled stack</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEPREFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangle prefix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGMETHOD"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling method</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXDISKSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>max disk size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXLOGSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>max log size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXMUX"><i class="parameter"><tt>max mux</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXOPENFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>max open files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXSMBDPROCESSES"><i class="parameter"><tt>max smbd processes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXWINSTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max wins ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXXMIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>max xmit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MESSAGECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>message command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPASSWDLENGTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>min passwd length</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>min password length</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINWINSTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min wins ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NAMECACHETIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>name cache timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NAMERESOLVEORDER"><i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSALIASES"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios aliases</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSSCOPE"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios scope</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>nis homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTLMAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>ntlm auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTPIPESUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt pipe support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTSTATUSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt status support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NULLPASSWORDS"><i class="parameter"><tt>null passwords</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>obey pam restrictions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplock break wait time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OS2DRIVERMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>os2 driver map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OSLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i class="parameter"><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PANICACTION"><i class="parameter"><tt>panic action</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>paranoid server security</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSDBBACKEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWORDLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PIDDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>pid directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREFEREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>prefered master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREFERREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRELOAD"><i class="parameter"><tt>preload</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRELOADMODULES"><i class="parameter"><tt>preload modules</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRIVATEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>private dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READBMPX"><i class="parameter"><tt>read bmpx</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READRAW"><i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REALM"><i class="parameter"><tt>realm</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REMOTEANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REMOTEBROWSESYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>remote browse sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"><i class="parameter"><tt>restrict anonymous</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>root</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>root dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>root directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSCHANNEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSIGNING"><i class="parameter"><tt>server signing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSTRING"><i class="parameter"><tt>server string</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>set primary group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETQUOTACOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>set quota command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>shutdown script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SMBPASSWDFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>smb passwd file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SMBPORTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>smb ports</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOCKETADDRESS"><i class="parameter"><tt>socket address</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOCKETOPTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOURCEENVIRONMENT"><i class="parameter"><tt>source environment</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STATCACHE"><i class="parameter"><tt>stat cache</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYSLOG"><i class="parameter"><tt>syslog</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYSLOGONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>syslog only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>template homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATEPRIMARYGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>template primary group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATESHELL"><i class="parameter"><tt>template shell</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMEOFFSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>time offset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMESERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>time server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMESTAMPLOGS"><i class="parameter"><tt>timestamp logs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNICODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>unicode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXEXTENSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix extensions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix password sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UPDATEENCRYPTED"><i class="parameter"><tt>update encrypted</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USEMMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>use mmap</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAMELEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>username level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAMEMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>username map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USESPNEGO"><i class="parameter"><tt>use spnego</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UTMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>utmp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UTMPDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>utmp directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDCACHETIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENABLELOCALACCOUNTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enable local accounts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENUMGROUPS"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum groups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENUMUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDGID"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDSEPARATOR"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind separator</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind trusted domains only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind use default domain</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSHOOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins hook</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSPARTNERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins partners</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WORKGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITERAW"><i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WTMPDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>wtmp directory</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS</h2><p>Here is a list of all service parameters. See the section on
+ each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="#ACLCOMPATIBILITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>acl compatibility</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADMINUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>admin users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AFSSHARE"><i class="parameter"><tt>afs share</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALLOWHOSTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>allow hosts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AVAILABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>available</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BLOCKINGLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>blocking locks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BLOCKSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>block size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>browsable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CASESENSITIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>case sensitive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CASESIGNAMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>casesignames</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#COMMENT"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#COPY"><i class="parameter"><tt>copy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CSCPOLICY"><i class="parameter"><tt>csc policy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTDEVMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default devmode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEREADONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete readonly</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEVETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete veto files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DENYHOSTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>deny hosts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DONTDESCEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>dont descend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filemode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filetime resolution</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILETIMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filetimes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#EXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>exec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>fake directory create times</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FAKEOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>fake oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FOLLOWSYMLINKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>follow symlinks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FSTYPE"><i class="parameter"><tt>fstype</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEDOTFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide dot files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDESPECIALFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide special files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEUNREADABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide unreadable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide unwriteable files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSALLOW"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSDENY"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INHERITACLS"><i class="parameter"><tt>inherit acls</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>inherit permissions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>level2 oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPQCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPRESUMECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPRMCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAGICOUTPUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>magic output</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAGICSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>magic script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangle case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangled map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDNAMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangled names</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGCHAR"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling char</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPACLINHERIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>map acl inherit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPARCHIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>map archive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPHIDDEN"><i class="parameter"><tt>map hidden</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPSYSTEM"><i class="parameter"><tt>map system</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXCONNECTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max connections</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max reported print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPRINTSPACE"><i class="parameter"><tt>min print space</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MSDFSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>msdfs proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>msdfs root</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTACLSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ONLYGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>only guest</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ONLYUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>only user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplock contention limit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#POSIXLOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>posix locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#POSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>postexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRESERVECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>preserve case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCAPNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTERADMIN"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>print ok</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PROFILEACLS"><i class="parameter"><tt>profile acls</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PUBLIC"><i class="parameter"><tt>public</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>queuepause command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>queueresume command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READLIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>read list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPOSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>root postexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>root preexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"><i class="parameter"><tt>root preexec close</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>set directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHAREMODES"><i class="parameter"><tt>share modes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHORTPRESERVECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>short preserve case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTALLOCATE"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict allocate</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTLOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYNCALWAYS"><i class="parameter"><tt>sync always</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USECLIENTDRIVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USER"><i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USESENDFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>use sendfile</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#-VALID"><i class="parameter"><tt>-valid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>valid users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VETOOPLOCKFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto oplock files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSOBJECT"><i class="parameter"><tt>vfs object</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSOBJECTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>vfs objects</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VOLUME"><i class="parameter"><tt>volume</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WIDELINKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>wide links</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>writable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITECACHESIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>write cache size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITELIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>write list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITEOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>write ok</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>abort shutdown script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2870340"></a></span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</em></span>
This a full path name to a script called by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that
should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a href="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>shutdown script</tt></i></a>.</p><p>This command will be run as user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None</em></span>.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a>acl compatibility (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>shutdown script</tt></i></a>.</p><p>This command will be run as user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None</em></span>.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a>acl compatibility (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2870421"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should
be compatible with. Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>winnt</em></span> for Windows NT 4,
<span class="emphasis"><em>win2k</em></span> for Windows 2000 and above and <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>.
If you specify <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, the value for this parameter
will be based upon the version of the client. There should
- be no reason to change this parameter from the default.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">acl compatibility = Auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">acl compatibility = win2k</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will be run
+ be no reason to change this parameter from the default.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">acl compatibility = Auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">acl compatibility = win2k</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add group script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2870492"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will be run
<span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
when a new group is requested. It will expand any <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> to the group name passed. This
script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT
domain administration tools. The script is free to create a
group with an arbitrary name to circumvent unix group name
restrictions. In that case the script must print the numeric gid
- of the created group on stdout.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a>add machine script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by
+ of the created group on stdout.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a>add machine script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2870551"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by
<a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is added
to it's domain using the administrator username and password
method. </p><p>This option is only required when using sam back-ends tied
to the Unix uid method of RID calculation such as smbpasswd.
This option is only available in Samba 3.0.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">add machine script = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add machine script = /usr/sbin/adduser -n -g
- machines -c Machine -d /dev/null -s /bin/false %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>addprinter command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing
+ machines -c Machine -d /dev/null -s /bin/false %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>addprinter command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2870622"></a></span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing
support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add
Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the
"Printers..." folder displayed a share listing. The APW
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
deleteprinter command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PRINTING">
<i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a>,
<a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add
- printer wizard</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">addprinter command = /usr/bin/addprinter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a>add share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
+ printer wizard</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">addprinter command = /usr/bin/addprinter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a>add share command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2870878"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The
<i class="parameter"><tt>add share command</tt></i> is used to define an
external program or script which will add a new service definition
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
See also <a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>change share
command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete share
command</tt></i></a>.
- </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a>add user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
+ </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a>add user script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871092"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below.</p><p>Normally, a Samba server requires that UNIX users are
created for all users accessing files on this server. For sites
that use Windows NT account databases as their primary user database
@@ -347,16 +347,27 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
security</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWORDSERVER">
<i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a>,
<a href="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete user
- script</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">add user script = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add user to group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when
+ script</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">add user script = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add user to group script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871334"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when
a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration
tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>.
Any <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group name and
any <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced with the user name.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">add user to group script = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add user to group script = /usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a>admin users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">add user to group script = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add user to group script = /usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a>admin users (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871415"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted
administrative privileges on the share. This means that they
will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</p><p>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in
this list will be able to do anything they like on the share,
- irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no admin users</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">admin users = jason</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a>algorithmic rid base (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its
+ irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no admin users</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">admin users = jason</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AFSSHARE"></a>afs share (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871471"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled
+ for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via
+ the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> parameter is a local AFS import. The
+ special AFS features include the attempt to hand-craft an AFS token
+ if you enabled --with-fake-kaserver in configure.
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">afs share = no</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">afs share = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a>afs username map (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871524"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might
+ want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for.
+ For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain
+ in your AFS Protection Database. One possible scheme to code users
+ as DOMAIN+User as it is done by winbind with the + as a separator.
+ </p><p>The mapped user name must contain the cell name to log into,
+ so without setting this parameter there will be no token.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">none</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">afs username map = %u@afs.samba.org</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a>algorithmic rid base (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871594"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its
algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct
NT Security Identifiers.
</p><p>Setting this option to a larger value could be useful to sites
@@ -367,8 +378,8 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
mapping can't be 'turned off', but pushing it 'out of the way' should
resolve the issues. Users and groups can then be assigned 'low' RIDs
in arbitary-rid supporting backends.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">algorithmic rid base = 1000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">algorithmic rid base = 100000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#HOSTSALLOW">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a>allow trusted domains (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option only takes effect when the <a href="#SECURITY">
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">algorithmic rid base = 1000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">algorithmic rid base = 100000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871664"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#HOSTSALLOW">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a>allow trusted domains (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871707"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option only takes effect when the <a href="#SECURITY">
<i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a> option is set to
<tt class="constant">server</tt> or <tt class="constant">domain</tt>.
If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from
@@ -381,7 +392,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
circumstances, a user with an account in DOMB can then access the
resources of a UNIX account with the same account name on the
Samba server even if they do not have an account in DOMA. This
- can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">allow trusted domains = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a>announce as (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse
+ can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">allow trusted domains = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a>announce as (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871787"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse
list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options
are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"),
"NT Workstation", "Win95" or "WfW" meaning Windows NT Server,
@@ -389,10 +400,10 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
respectively. Do not change this parameter unless you have a
specific need to stop Samba appearing as an NT server as this
may prevent Samba servers from participating as browser servers
- correctly.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">announce as = NT Server</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">announce as = Win95</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a>announce version (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers
+ correctly.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">announce as = NT Server</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">announce as = Win95</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a>announce version (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871857"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers
that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default
is 4.9. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific
- need to set a Samba server to be a downlevel server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">announce version = 4.9</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">announce version = 2.0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a>auth methods (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose what
+ need to set a Samba server to be a downlevel server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">announce version = 4.9</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">announce version = 2.0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a>auth methods (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2871910"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose what
authentication methods <b class="command">smbd</b> will use when authenticating
a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a href="#SECURITY">
<i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a>. This should be considered
@@ -406,11 +417,11 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
for remote users through winbindd), <tt class="constant">ntdomain</tt> (pre-winbindd
method of authentication for remote domain users; deprecated in favour of winbind method),
<tt class="constant">trustdomain</tt> (authenticate trusted users by contacting the
- remote DC directly from smbd; deprecated in favour of winbind method).</p><p>Default: <b class="command">auth methods = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">auth methods = guest sam winbind</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for the <a href="#PRELOAD">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>preload</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AVAILABLE"></a>available (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If
+ remote DC directly from smbd; deprecated in favour of winbind method).</p><p>Default: <b class="command">auth methods = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">auth methods = guest sam winbind</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872026"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for the <a href="#PRELOAD">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>preload</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AVAILABLE"></a>available (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872069"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If
<i class="parameter"><tt>available = no</tt></i>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span>
attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are
- logged.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">available = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a>bind interfaces only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin
+ logged.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">available = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a>bind interfaces only (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872122"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin
to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It
affects file service <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p>For name service it causes <b class="command">nmbd</b> to bind
to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in
@@ -454,7 +465,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
smbd</b> and <b class="command">nmbd</b> to always show
"not running" even if they really are. This can prevent <b class="command">
swat</b> from starting/stopping/restarting <b class="command">smbd</b>
- and <b class="command">nmbd</b>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">bind interfaces only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a>blocking locks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior
+ and <b class="command">nmbd</b>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">bind interfaces only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a>blocking locks (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872500"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior
of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client
to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the
request has a time limit associated with it.</p><p>If this parameter is set and the lock range requested
@@ -463,7 +474,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
the lock until the timeout period expires.</p><p>If this parameter is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt>, then
samba will behave as previous versions of Samba would and
will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range
- cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">blocking locks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a>block size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free
+ cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">blocking locks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a>block size (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872572"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free
sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes.
</p><p>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the
efficiency of client writes, this is not yet confirmed. This
@@ -473,17 +484,17 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
is an experimental option it may be removed in a future release.
</p><p>Changing this option does not change the disk free reporting
size, just the block size unit reported to the client.
- </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the <a href="#BROWSEABLE">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>browseable</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a>browseable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in
- the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">browseable = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSELIST"></a>browse list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to
+ </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872632"></a></span></dt><dd><p>See the <a href="#BROWSEABLE">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>browseable</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a>browseable (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872674"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in
+ the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">browseable = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSELIST"></a>browse list (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872715"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to
a client doing a <b class="command">NetServerEnum</b> call. Normally
set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>. You should never need to change
- this.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">browse list = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a>case sensitive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">case sensitive = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"></a>change notify timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This SMB allows a client to tell a server to
+ this.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">browse list = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a>case sensitive (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872777"></a></span></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">case sensitive = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872827"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"></a>change notify timeout (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872866"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This SMB allows a client to tell a server to
"watch" a particular directory for any changes and only reply to
the SMB request when a change has occurred. Such constant scanning of
a directory is expensive under UNIX, hence an <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon only performs such a scan
on each requested directory once every <i class="parameter"><tt>change notify
- timeout</tt></i> seconds.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">change notify timeout = 60</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">change notify timeout = 300</b></p><p>Would change the scan time to every 5 minutes.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a>change share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
+ timeout</tt></i> seconds.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">change notify timeout = 60</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">change notify timeout = 300</b></p><p>Would change the scan time to every 5 minutes.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a>change share command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2872943"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The
<i class="parameter"><tt>change share command</tt></i> is used to define an
external program or script which will modify an existing service definition
@@ -509,7 +520,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
See also <a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>add share
command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete
share command</tt></i></a>.
- </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">change share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a>client lanman auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client
+ </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">change share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a>client lanman auth (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873148"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client
tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the
weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT
password hashes (e.g. Windows NT/2000, Samba, etc... but not
@@ -519,40 +530,42 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
this option. </p><p>Disabling this option will also disable the <b class="command">client plaintext auth</b> option</p><p>Likewise, if the <b class="command">client ntlmv2
auth</b> parameter is enabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be
attempted. Not all servers support NTLMv2, and most will require
- special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">client lanman auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a>client ntlmv2 auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
+ special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">client lanman auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a>client ntlmv2 auth (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873238"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password
response.</p><p>If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more
secure than earlier versions) will be sent. Many servers
(including NT4 &lt; SP4, Win9x and Samba 2.2) are not compatible with
- NTLMv2. </p><p>If disabled, an NTLM response (and possibly a LANMAN response)
+ NTLMv2. </p><p>Similarly, if enabled, NTLMv1, <b class="command">client lanman auth</b> and <b class="command">client plaintext auth</b>
+ authentication will be disabled. This also disables share-level
+ authentication. </p><p>If disabled, an NTLM response (and possibly a LANMAN response)
will be sent by the client, depending on the value of <b class="command">client lanman auth</b>. </p><p>Note that some sites (particularly
those following 'best practice' security polices) only allow NTLMv2
- responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">client ntlmv2 auth = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a>client plaintext auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext
- password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">client plaintext auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a>client schannel (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or even
+ responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">client ntlmv2 auth = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a>client plaintext auth (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873340"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext
+ password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">client plaintext auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a>client schannel (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873381"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or even
demands the use of the netlogon schannel.
<i class="parameter"><tt>client schannel = no</tt></i> does not
offer the schannel, <i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel =
auto</tt></i> offers the schannel but does not
enforce it, and <i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel =
yes</tt></i> denies access if the server is not
- able to speak netlogon schannel. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">client schannel = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">client schannel = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a>client signing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires
+ able to speak netlogon schannel. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">client schannel = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">client schannel = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a>client signing (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873456"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires
the server it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values
are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span>
and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>.
</p><p>When set to auto, SMB signing is offered, but not enforced.
When set to mandatory, SMB signing is required and if set
- to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">client signing = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a>client use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls controls whether samba clients will try
+ to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">client signing = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a>client use spnego (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873518"></a></span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls controls whether samba clients will try
to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with
WindowsXP and Windows2000 servers to agree upon an authentication mechanism.
SPNEGO client support for SMB Signing is currently broken, so
you might want to turn this option off when operating with
Windows 2003 domain controllers in particular.
- </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>client use spnego = yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COMMENT"></a>comment (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share
+ </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>client use spnego = yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COMMENT"></a>comment (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873561"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share
when a client does a queries the server, either via the network
neighborhood or via <b class="command">net view</b> to list what shares
are available.</p><p>If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the
machine name then see the <a href="#SERVERSTRING"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- server string</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No comment string</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">comment = Fred's Files</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a>config file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file
+ server string</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No comment string</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">comment = Fred's Files</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a>config file (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873635"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file
to use, instead of the default (usually <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>).
There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set
in the config file!</p><p>For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed
@@ -560,13 +573,13 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
the new config file.</p><p>This option takes the usual substitutions, which can
be very useful.</p><p>If the config file doesn't exist then it won't be loaded
(allowing you to special case the config files of just a few
- clients).</p><p>Example: <b class="command">config file = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COPY"></a>copy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service
+ clients).</p><p>Example: <b class="command">config file = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COPY"></a>copy (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873703"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service
entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the
current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current
section will override those in the section being copied.</p><p>This feature lets you set up a 'template' service and
create similar services easily. Note that the service being
copied must occur earlier in the configuration file than the
- service doing the copying.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">copy = otherservice</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMASK"></a>create mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is
+ service doing the copying.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">copy = otherservice</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMASK"></a>create mask (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873761"></a></span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is
<a href="#CREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mode</tt></i>
</a>.</p><p>When a file is created, the necessary permissions are
calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX
@@ -588,12 +601,12 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
<i class="parameter"><tt>inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions
set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a href="#SECURITYMASK">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">create mask = 0744</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">create mask = 0775</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- create mask</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a>csc policy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">create mask = 0744</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">create mask = 0775</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873953"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ create mask</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a>csc policy (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2873994"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching
policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline
caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values
are: manual, documents, programs, disable.</p><p>These values correspond to those used on Windows servers.</p><p>For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have
- offline caching disabled using <b class="command">csc policy = disable</b>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">csc policy = manual</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">csc policy = programs</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEADTIME"></a>deadtime (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)
+ offline caching disabled using <b class="command">csc policy = disable</b>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">csc policy = manual</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">csc policy = programs</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEADTIME"></a>deadtime (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874068"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)
represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection
is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes
effect if the number of open files is zero.</p><p>This is useful to stop a server's resources being
@@ -601,31 +614,31 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
connection is broken so in most cases this parameter should be
transparent to users.</p><p>Using this parameter with a timeout of a few minutes
is recommended for most systems.</p><p>A deadtime of zero indicates that no auto-disconnection
- should be performed.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">deadtime = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">deadtime = 15</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a>debug hires timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages
+ should be performed.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">deadtime = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">deadtime = 15</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a>debug hires timestamp (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874146"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages
are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this
boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp
message header when turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>
debug timestamp</tt></i></a> must be on for this to have an
- effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug hires timestamp = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#LOGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- log level</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGPID"></a>debug pid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When using only one log file for more then one forked
+ effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug hires timestamp = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874206"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#LOGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ log level</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGPID"></a>debug pid (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874248"></a></span></dt><dd><p>When using only one log file for more then one forked
<a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to
follow which process outputs which message. This boolean parameter
is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the
logfile when turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>
debug timestamp</tt></i></a> must be on for this to have an
- effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug pid = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a>debug timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba debug log messages are timestamped
+ effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug pid = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a>debug timestamp (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874320"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba debug log messages are timestamped
by default. If you are running at a high <a href="#DEBUGLEVEL">
<i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i></a> these timestamps
can be distracting. This boolean parameter allows timestamping
- to be turned off.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug timestamp = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGUID"></a>debug uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime
+ to be turned off.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug timestamp = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGUID"></a>debug uid (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874375"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime
run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the
current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers
in the log file if turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>
debug timestamp</tt></i></a> must be on for this to have an
- effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug uid = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for <a href="#DEFAULTSERVICE"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- default service</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a>default case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">
+ effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug uid = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874435"></a></span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for <a href="#DEFAULTSERVICE"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ default service</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a>default case (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874477"></a></span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">
NAME MANGLING</a>. Also note the <a href="#SHORTPRESERVECASE">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>short preserve case</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">default case = lower</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a>default devmode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a href="#PRINTOK">printable</a> services.
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>short preserve case</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">default case = lower</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a>default devmode (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874539"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a href="#PRINTOK">printable</a> services.
When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba
server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and
orientation and duplex settings. The device mode can only correctly be
@@ -646,7 +659,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
will instruct smbd to generate a default one.
</p><p>For more information on Windows NT/2k printing and Device Modes,
see the <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">MSDN documentation</a>.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">default devmode = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a>default service (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">default devmode = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a>default service (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874638"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service
which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot
be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span>
given in the parameter value (see example below).</p><p>There is no default value for this parameter. If this
@@ -664,11 +677,11 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
[pub]
path = /%S
-</pre></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
+</pre></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete group script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874749"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted.
It will expand any <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> to the group name passed.
This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools.
- </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>deleteprinter command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer
+ </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>deleteprinter command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874805"></a></span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer
support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now
possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the
DeletePrinter() RPC call.</p><p>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be
@@ -686,10 +699,10 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
addprinter command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PRINTING">
<i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a>,
<a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add
- printer wizard</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">deleteprinter command = /usr/bin/removeprinter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a>delete readonly (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.
+ printer wizard</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">deleteprinter command = /usr/bin/removeprinter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a>delete readonly (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2874973"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.
This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such
as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file
- permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete readonly = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a>delete share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
+ permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete readonly = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a>delete share command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875023"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The
<i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i> is used to define an
external program or script which will remove an existing service
@@ -712,17 +725,17 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
See also <a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>add share
command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>change
share command</tt></i></a>.
- </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete share command = /usr/local/bin/delshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete user from group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when
+ </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete share command = /usr/local/bin/delshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete user from group script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875211"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when
a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration
tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>.
Any <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group name and
any <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced with the user name.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete user from group script = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete user from group script = /usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a>delete user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete user from group script = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete user from group script = /usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a>delete user script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875293"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users
with remote RPC (NT) tools.
</p><p>This script is called when a remote client removes a user
from the server, normally using 'User Manager for Domains' or
- <b class="command">rpcclient</b>.</p><p>This script should delete the given UNIX username.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete user script = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a>delete veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to
+ <b class="command">rpcclient</b>.</p><p>This script should delete the given UNIX username.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete user script = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a>delete veto files (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875373"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to
delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories
(see the <a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto files</tt></i></a>
option). If this option is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> (the default) then if a vetoed
@@ -735,8 +748,8 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias...
(e.g. <tt class="filename">.AppleDouble</tt>)</p><p>Setting <b class="command">delete veto files = yes</b> allows these
directories to be transparently deleted when the parent directory
is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>See also the <a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto
- files</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete veto files = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#HOSTSDENY"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts
- deny</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a>dfree command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>dfree command</tt></i> setting
+ files</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete veto files = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875486"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#HOSTSDENY"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts
+ deny</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a>dfree command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875528"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>dfree command</tt></i> setting
should only be used on systems where a problem occurs with the
internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen
with Ultrix, but may occur with other operating systems. The
@@ -759,7 +772,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
</pre><p>or perhaps (on Sys V based systems):</p><pre class="programlisting">
#!/bin/sh
/usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}'
-</pre><p>Note that you may have to replace the command names with full path names on some systems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a>directory mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are
+</pre><p>Note that you may have to replace the command names with full path names on some systems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875661"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a>directory mask (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875702"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are
used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX
directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are
calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions,
@@ -781,8 +794,8 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
</tt></i></a> parameter for masking mode bits on created files,
and the <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory
security mask</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Also refer to the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">directory mask = 0755</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">directory mask = 0775</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- directory mask</tt></i></a></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a>directory security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits
+ inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">directory mask = 0755</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">directory mask = 0775</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875893"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ directory mask</tt></i></a></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a>directory security mask (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2875934"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits
can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX
permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog
box.</p><p>This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to
@@ -799,11 +812,11 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
force directory security mode</tt></i></a>, <a href="#SECURITYMASK">
<i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>,
<a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode
- </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">directory security mask = 0777</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">directory security mask = 0700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a>disable netbios (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support
+ </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">directory security mask = 0777</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">directory security mask = 0700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a>disable netbios (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876063"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support
in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in
all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that clients that only support netbios won't be able to
see your samba server when netbios support is disabled.
- </p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">disable netbios = no</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">disable netbios = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a>disable spoolss (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support
+ </p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">disable netbios = no</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">disable netbios = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a>disable spoolss (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876123"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support
for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior
as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using
Lanman style printing commands. Windows 9x/ME will be uneffected by
@@ -814,10 +827,10 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
print drivers from the Samba host upon demand.
<span class="emphasis"><em>Be very careful about enabling this parameter.</em></span>
</p><p>See also <a href="#USECLIENTDRIVER">use client driver</a>
- </p><p>Default : <b class="command">disable spoolss = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a>display charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset that samba will use
+ </p><p>Default : <b class="command">disable spoolss = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a>display charset (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876192"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset that samba will use
to print messages to stdout and stderr and SWAT will use.
Should generally be the same as the <b class="command">unix charset</b>.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">display charset = ASCII</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">display charset = UTF8</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DNSPROXY"></a>dns proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">display charset = ASCII</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">display charset = UTF8</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DNSPROXY"></a>dns proxy (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876251"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and
finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the
NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server
for that name on behalf of the name-querying client.</p><p>Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15
@@ -825,12 +838,12 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
15 characters, maximum.</p><p><b class="command">nmbd</b> spawns a second copy of itself to do the
DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking
action.</p><p>See also the parameter <a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- wins support</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dns proxy = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a>domain logons (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, the Samba server will serve
+ wins support</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dns proxy = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a>domain logons (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876339"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, the Samba server will serve
Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the <a href="#WORKGROUP">
<i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a> it is in. Samba 2.2
has limited capability to act as a domain controller for Windows
NT 4 Domains. For more details on setting up this feature see
- the Samba-PDC-HOWTO included in the Samba documentation.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">domain logons = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a>domain master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Tell <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable WAN-wide browse list
+ the Samba-PDC-HOWTO included in the Samba documentation.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">domain logons = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a>domain master (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876401"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Tell <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable WAN-wide browse list
collation. Setting this option causes <b class="command">nmbd</b> to
claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies
it as a domain master browser for its given <a href="#WORKGROUP">
@@ -852,7 +865,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
</a>, then the default behavior is to enable the <i class="parameter"><tt>domain
master</tt></i> parameter. If <i class="parameter"><tt>domain logons</tt></i> is
not enabled (the default setting), then neither will <i class="parameter"><tt>domain
- master</tt></i> be enabled by default.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">domain master = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a>dont descend (S)</span></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems
+ master</tt></i> be enabled by default.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">domain master = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a>dont descend (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876585"></a></span></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems
(e.g., the <tt class="filename">/proc</tt> tree under Linux) that are either not
of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This
parameter allows you to specify a comma-delimited list of directories
@@ -860,12 +873,12 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
of the "dont descend" entries. For example you may need <tt class="filename">
./proc</tt> instead of just <tt class="filename">/proc</tt>.
Experimentation is the best policy :-) </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., all directories are OK
- to descend)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">dont descend = /proc,/dev</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a>dos charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has
+ to descend)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">dont descend = /proc,/dev</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a>dos charset (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876664"></a></span></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has
the same charset as they do. This option specifies which
charset Samba should talk to DOS clients.
</p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed.
Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in
- case it is not available. Run <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a>dos filemode (S)</span></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide
+ case it is not available. Run <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a>dos filemode (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876713"></a></span></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide
UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is
able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior
is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter
@@ -874,7 +887,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
belonging to the group owning the file will not be allowed to
change permissions if the group is only granted read access.
Ownership of the file/directory is not changed, only the permissions
- are modified.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filemode = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a>dos filetime resolution (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest
+ are modified.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filemode = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a>dos filetime resolution (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876764"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest
granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter
for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the
nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second
@@ -887,21 +900,21 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
timestamp of an odd number of seconds then the two timestamps will not
match and Visual C++ will keep reporting the file has changed. Setting
this option causes the two timestamps to match, and Visual C++ is
- happy.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filetime resolution = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a>dos filetimes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a
+ happy.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filetime resolution = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a>dos filetimes (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876835"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a
file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics,
only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By
default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the
timestamp on a file if the user <b class="command">smbd</b> is acting
on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <tt class="constant">
yes</tt> allows DOS semantics and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will change the file
- timestamp as DOS requires.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filetimes = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENABLERIDALGORITHM"></a>enable rid algorithm (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to control whether or not smbd in Samba 3.0 should fallback
+ timestamp as DOS requires.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filetimes = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENABLERIDALGORITHM"></a>enable rid algorithm (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876903"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to control whether or not smbd in Samba 3.0 should fallback
to the algorithm used by Samba 2.2 to generate user and group RIDs. The longterm
development goal is to remove the algorithmic mappings of RIDs altogether, but
this has proved to be difficult. This parameter is mainly provided so that
developers can turn the algorithm on and off and see what breaks. This parameter
should not be disabled by non-developers because certain features in Samba will fail
to work without it.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">enable rid algorithm = &lt;yes&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a>encrypt passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">enable rid algorithm = &lt;yes&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a>encrypt passwords (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2876953"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords
will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and
above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords
unless a registry entry is changed. To use encrypted passwords in
@@ -910,7 +923,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
have access to a local <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file (see the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> program for information on how to set up
and maintain this file), or set the <a href="#SECURITY">security = [server|domain|ads]</a> parameter which
causes <b class="command">smbd</b> to authenticate against another
- server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">encrypt passwords = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a>enhanced browsing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to
+ server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">encrypt passwords = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a>enhanced browsing (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877053"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to
cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba
but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations.
</p><p>The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular
@@ -921,7 +934,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions
of the browse protocols these enhancements can cause a empty workgroup
to stay around forever which can be annoying.</p><p>In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes
- cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">enhanced browsing = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a>enumports command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign
+ cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">enhanced browsing = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a>enumports command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877121"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign
to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port
is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of
a local port (i.e. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port
@@ -934,8 +947,8 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
can define <i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command</tt></i> to point to
a program which should generate a list of ports, one per line,
to standard output. This listing will then be used in response
- to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no enumports command</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">enumports command = /usr/bin/listports</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EXEC"></a>exec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for <a href="#PREEXEC">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a>fake directory create times (S)</span></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create
+ to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no enumports command</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">enumports command = /usr/bin/listports</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EXEC"></a>exec (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877202"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for <a href="#PREEXEC">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a>fake directory create times (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877248"></a></span></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create
time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the
ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default
reports the earliest of the various times Unix does keep. Setting
@@ -955,7 +968,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files
will be rebuilt. Enabling this option
ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build
- will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fake directory create times = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a>fake oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission
+ will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fake directory create times = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a>fake oplocks (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877321"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission
from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants
an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume
that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively
@@ -970,7 +983,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
a big performance improvement on many operations. If you enable
this option on shares where multiple clients may be accessing the
files read-write at the same time you can get data corruption. Use
- this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fake oplocks = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a>follow symlinks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows the Samba administrator
+ this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fake oplocks = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a>follow symlinks (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877421"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows the Samba administrator
to stop <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic
links in a particular share. Setting this
parameter to <tt class="constant">no</tt> prevents any file or directory
@@ -979,7 +992,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
symbolic link to <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> in their home
directory for instance. However it will slow filename lookups
down slightly.</p><p>This option is enabled (i.e. <b class="command">smbd</b> will
- follow symbolic links) by default.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">follow symlinks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a>force create mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
+ follow symbolic links) by default.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">follow symlinks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a>force create mode (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877502"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a
file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto
the mode bits of a file that is being created or having its
@@ -990,7 +1003,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
mask</tt></i></a> for details on masking mode bits on files.</p><p>See also the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>inherit
permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force create mode = 000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force create mode = 0755</b></p><p>would force all created files to have read and execute
permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the
- read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a>force directory mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
+ read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a>force directory mode (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877611"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory
created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the
mode bits of a directory that is being created. The default for this
@@ -1002,7 +1015,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
on created directories.</p><p>See also the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>
inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force directory mode = 000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force directory mode = 0755</b></p><p>would force all created directories to have read and execute
permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the
- read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a>force directory security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits
+ read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a>force directory security mode (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877723"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits
can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX
permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box.</p><p>This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the
changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this mask that
@@ -1018,7 +1031,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
directory security mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#SECURITYMASK">
<i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>,
<a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode
- </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force directory security mode = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force directory security mode = 700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a>force group (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be
+ </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force directory security mode = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force directory security mode = 700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a>force group (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877848"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be
assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting
to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring
that all access to files on service will use the named group for
@@ -1038,7 +1051,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</p><p>If the <a href="#FORCEUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i>
</a> parameter is also set the group specified in
<i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i> will override the primary group
- set in <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i>.</p><p>See also <a href="#FORCEUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no forced group</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force group = agroup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a>force security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission
+ set in <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i>.</p><p>See also <a href="#FORCEUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no forced group</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force group = agroup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a>force security mode (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2877978"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission
bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating
the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog
box.</p><p>This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the
@@ -1055,7 +1068,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
force directory security mode</tt></i></a>,
<a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security
mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#SECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- security mask</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force security mode = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force security mode = 700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEUSER"></a>force user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be
+ security mask</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force security mode = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force security mode = 700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEUSER"></a>force user (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878101"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be
assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service.
This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully
as using it incorrectly can cause security problems.</p><p>This user name only gets used once a connection is established.
@@ -1065,24 +1078,24 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
as. This can be very useful.</p><p>In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter also causes the
primary group of the forced user to be used as the primary group
for all file activity. Prior to 2.0.5 the primary group was left
- as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug).</p><p>See also <a href="#FORCEGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no forced user</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force user = auser</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FSTYPE"></a>fstype (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows the administrator to
+ as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug).</p><p>See also <a href="#FORCEGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no forced user</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force user = auser</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FSTYPE"></a>fstype (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878185"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows the administrator to
configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share
is using that is reported by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a client queries the filesystem type
for a share. The default type is <tt class="constant">NTFS</tt> for
compatibility with Windows NT but this can be changed to other
strings such as <tt class="constant">Samba</tt> or <tt class="constant">FAT
- </tt> if required.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fstype = NTFS</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">fstype = Samba</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a>get quota command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">get quota command</b> should only be used
+ </tt> if required.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fstype = NTFS</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">fstype = Samba</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a>get quota command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878263"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">get quota command</b> should only be used
whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that
samba can use.</p><p>This parameter should specify the path to a script that
queries the quota information for the specified
user/group for the partition that
the specified directory is on.</p><p>Such a script should take 3 arguments:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>directory</p></li><li><p>type of query</p></li><li><p>uid of user or gid of group</p></li></ul></div><p>The type of query can be one of :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div><p>This script should print its output according to the following format:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Line 1 - quota flags (0 = no quotas, 1 = quotas enabled, 2 = quotas enabled and enforced)</p></li><li><p>Line 2 - number of currently used blocks</p></li><li><p>Line 3 - the softlimit number of blocks</p></li><li><p>Line 4 - the hardlimit number of blocks</p></li><li><p>Line 5 - currently used number of inodes</p></li><li><p>Line 6 - the softlimit number of inodes</p></li><li><p>Line 7 - the hardlimit number of inodes</p></li><li><p>Line 8(optional) - the number of bytes in a block(default is 1024)</p></li></ul></div><p>See also the <a href="#SETQUOTACOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>set quota command</tt></i></a> parameter.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">get quota command = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">get quota command = /usr/local/sbin/query_quota</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a>getwd cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">get quota command = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">get quota command = /usr/local/sbin/query_quota</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a>getwd cache (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878464"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a
caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd()
calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially
when the <a href="#WIDELINKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>wide links</tt></i>
- </a> parameter is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">getwd cache = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GROUP"></a>group (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#FORCEGROUP">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a>guest account (G,S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access
+ </a> parameter is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">getwd cache = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GROUP"></a>group (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878524"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#FORCEGROUP">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a>guest account (G,S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878567"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access
to services which are specified as <a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>
guest ok</tt></i></a> (see below). Whatever privileges this
user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service.
@@ -1097,20 +1110,20 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
system print command such as <b class="command">lpr(1)</b> or <b class="command">
lp(1)</b>.</p><p>This parameter does not accept % macros, because
many parts of the system require this value to be
- constant for correct operation.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>specified at compile time, usually "nobody"</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">guest account = ftp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTOK"></a>guest ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for
+ constant for correct operation.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>specified at compile time, usually "nobody"</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">guest account = ftp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTOK"></a>guest ok (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878671"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for
a service, then no password is required to connect to the service.
Privileges will be those of the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>
guest account</tt></i></a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting
<a href="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"><i class="parameter"><tt>restrict
anonymous</tt></i></a> = 2</p><p>See the section below on <a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>
security</tt></i></a> for more information about this option.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">guest ok = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTONLY"></a>guest only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">guest ok = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTONLY"></a>guest only (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878763"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for
a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted.
This parameter will have no effect if <a href="#GUESTOK">
<i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>
security</tt></i></a> for more information about this option.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">guest only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a>hide dot files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether
- files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide dot files = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEFILES"></a>hide files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">guest only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a>hide dot files (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878840"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether
+ files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide dot files = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEFILES"></a>hide files (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2878881"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not
visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied
to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/',
which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*'
@@ -1126,15 +1139,15 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
/.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource.frk/</b></p><p>The above example is based on files that the Macintosh
SMB client (DAVE) available from <a href="http://www.thursby.com" target="_top">
Thursby</a> creates for internal use, and also still hides
- all files beginning with a dot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDELOCALUSERS"></a>hide local users (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter toggles the hiding of local UNIX
- users (root, wheel, floppy, etc) from remote clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide local users = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a>hide special files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing
+ all files beginning with a dot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDELOCALUSERS"></a>hide local users (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879013"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter toggles the hiding of local UNIX
+ users (root, wheel, floppy, etc) from remote clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide local users = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a>hide special files (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879055"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing
special files such as sockets, devices and fifo's in directory
listings.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide special files = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a>hide unreadable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the
- existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide unreadable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a>hide unwriteable files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide special files = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a>hide unreadable (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879096"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the
+ existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide unreadable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a>hide unwriteable files (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879138"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing
the existance of files that cannot be written to. Defaults to off.
Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide unwriteable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a>homedir map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If<a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>nis homedir
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide unwriteable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a>homedir map (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879181"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If<a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>nis homedir
</tt></i></a> is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting
as a Win95/98 <i class="parameter"><tt>logon server</tt></i> then this parameter
specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's
@@ -1145,19 +1158,17 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
automounter) maps.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>A working NIS client is required on
the system for this option to work.</p></div><p>See also <a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>nis homedir</tt></i>
</a>, <a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>domain logons</tt></i>
- </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">homedir map = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">homedir map = amd.homedir</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a>host msdfs (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available
- if Samba has been configured and compiled with the <b class="command">
- --with-msdfs</b> option. If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>,
- Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients
- to browse Dfs trees hosted on the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">homedir map = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">homedir map = amd.homedir</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a>host msdfs (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879322"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, Samba will act as a Dfs
+ server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse Dfs trees hosted
+ on the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>
msdfs root</tt></i></a> share level parameter. For
more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba,
refer to <a href="#">???</a>.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">host msdfs = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a>hostname lookups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">host msdfs = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a>hostname lookups (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879394"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)
hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place
where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking
the <b class="command">hosts deny</b> and <b class="command">hosts allow</b>.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hostname lookups = yes</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hostname lookups = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a>hosts allow (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <i class="parameter"><tt>allow
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hostname lookups = yes</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hostname lookups = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a>hosts allow (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879460"></a></span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <i class="parameter"><tt>allow
hosts</tt></i>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited
set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will
apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual
@@ -1174,11 +1185,11 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
<span class="emphasis"><em>EXCEPT</em></span> keyword can also be used to limit a
wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</p><p>Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one</p><p><b class="command">hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66</b></p><p>Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask</p><p><b class="command">hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0</b></p><p>Example 3: allow a couple of hosts</p><p><b class="command">hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur</b></p><p>Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but
deny access from one particular host</p><p><b class="command">hosts allow = @foonet</b></p><p><b class="command">hosts deny = pirate</b></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> for a way of testing your host access
- to see if it does what you expect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">allow hosts = 150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a>hosts deny (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i>
+ to see if it does what you expect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">allow hosts = 150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a>hosts deny (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879670"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i>
- hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to
services unless the specific services have their own lists to override
this one. Where the lists conflict, the <i class="parameter"><tt>allow</tt></i>
- list takes precedence.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hosts deny = 150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSEQUIV"></a>hosts equiv (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If this global parameter is a non-null string,
+ list takes precedence.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hosts deny = 150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSEQUIV"></a>hosts equiv (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879738"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If this global parameter is a non-null string,
it specifies the name of a file to read for the names of hosts
and users who will be allowed access without specifying a password.
</p><p>This is not be confused with <a href="#HOSTSALLOW">
@@ -1192,28 +1203,28 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
<i class="parameter"><tt>hosts equiv</tt></i> option be only used if you really
know what you are doing, or perhaps on a home network where you trust
your spouse and kids. And only if you <span class="emphasis"><em>really</em></span> trust
- them :-).</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no host equivalences</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hosts equiv = /etc/hosts.equiv</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a>idmap backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
+ them :-).</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no host equivalences</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hosts equiv = /etc/hosts.equiv</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a>idmap backend (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879845"></a></span></dt><dd><p>
The purpose of the idmap backend parameter is to allow idmap to NOT use the local idmap
tdb file to obtain SID to UID / GID mappings, but instead to obtain them from a common
LDAP backend. This way all domain members and controllers will have the same UID and GID
to SID mappings. This avoids the risk of UID / GID inconsistencies across UNIX / Linux
systems that are sharing information over protocols other than SMB/CIFS (ie: NFS).
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">idmap backend = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">idmap backend = ldap:ldap://ldapslave.example.com</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPGID"></a>idmap gid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids that are allocated for
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">idmap backend = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">idmap backend = ldap:ldap://ldapslave.example.com</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPGID"></a>idmap gid (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879903"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids that are allocated for
the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group SIDs. This range of group ids should have no
existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>The availability of an idmap gid range is essential for correct operation of
- all group mapping.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">idmap gid = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">idmap gid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPUID"></a>idmap uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are allocated for use
+ all group mapping.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">idmap gid = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">idmap gid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPUID"></a>idmap uid (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2879963"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are allocated for use
in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This range of ids should have no existing local
- or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">idmap uid = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">idmap uid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INCLUDE"></a>include (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to include one config file
+ or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">idmap uid = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">idmap uid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INCLUDE"></a>include (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880016"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to include one config file
inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed
in place.</p><p>It takes the standard substitutions, except <i class="parameter"><tt>%u
</tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>%P</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>%S</tt></i>.
- </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no file included</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">include = /usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITACLS"></a>inherit acls (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls
+ </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no file included</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">include = /usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITACLS"></a>inherit acls (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880090"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls
exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a
subdirectory. The default behavior is to use the mode specified when
creating the directory. Enabling this option sets the mode to 0777,
thus guaranteeing that default directory acls are propagated.
</p><p>Default: <b class="command">inherit acls = no</b>
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a>inherit permissions (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The permissions on new files and directories
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a>inherit permissions (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880136"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The permissions on new files and directories
are normally governed by <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>
create mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK">
<i class="parameter"><tt>directory mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#FORCECREATEMODE">
@@ -1234,7 +1245,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
directory mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#FORCECREATEMODE">
<i class="parameter"><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a> and <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE">
<i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i>
- </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">inherit permissions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INTERFACES"></a>interfaces (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default
+ </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">inherit permissions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INTERFACES"></a>interfaces (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880357"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default
network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name
registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query
the kernel for the list of all active interfaces and use any
@@ -1251,7 +1262,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
to the eth0 device and IP addresses 192.168.2.10 and 192.168.3.10.
The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0.</p><p>See also <a href="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>bind
interfaces only</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>all active interfaces except 127.0.0.1
- that are broadcast capable</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a>invalid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed
+ that are broadcast capable</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a>invalid users (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880490"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed
to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span>
check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach
your security.</p><p>A name starting with a '@' is interpreted as an NIS
@@ -1267,19 +1278,19 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
netgroup database, followed by the UNIX group database (the
same as the '@' prefix).</p><p>The current servicename is substituted for <i class="parameter"><tt>%S</tt></i>.
This is useful in the [homes] section.</p><p>See also <a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>valid users
- </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no invalid users</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">invalid users = root fred admin @wheel</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a>keepalive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents
+ </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no invalid users</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">invalid users = root fred admin @wheel</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a>keepalive (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880617"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents
the number of seconds between <i class="parameter"><tt>keepalive</tt></i>
packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be
sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether
a client is still present and responding.</p><p>Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket
being used has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see <a href="#SOCKETOPTIONS">
<i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i></a>).
- Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">keepalive = 300</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">keepalive = 600</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a>kernel change notify (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the
+ Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">keepalive = 300</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">keepalive = 600</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a>kernel change notify (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880700"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the
kernel for change notifications in directories so that
SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes.
</p><p>This parameter is only usd when your kernel supports
change notification to user programs, using the F_NOTIFY fcntl.
- </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>Yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a>kernel oplocks (G)</span></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a href="#OPLOCKS">
+ </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>Yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a>kernel oplocks (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880746"></a></span></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a href="#OPLOCKS">
<i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a>
(currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter
allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks
@@ -1290,7 +1301,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
to a no-op on systems that no not have the necessary kernel support.
You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>See also the <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i>
</a> and <a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>level2 oplocks
- </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">kernel oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a>lanman auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to authenticate users
+ </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">kernel oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a>lanman auth (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880872"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to authenticate users
using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT
password hashes (e.g. Windows NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not
Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.</p><p>The LANMAN encrypted response is easily broken, due to it's
@@ -1303,33 +1314,33 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
auth</b> to disable this for Samba's clients (such as smbclient)</p><p>If this option, and <b class="command">ntlm
auth</b> are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be
permited. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require
- special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">lanman auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a>large readwrite (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not
+ special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">lanman auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a>large readwrite (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2880971"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not
<a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k
streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with
Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs
this requires Samba to be running on a 64-bit capable operating
system such as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2.4 kernel. Can improve
performance by 10% with Windows 2000 clients. Defaults to on. Not as
- tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">large readwrite = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a>ldap admin dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p> The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i>
+ tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">large readwrite = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a>ldap admin dn (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881029"></a></span></dt><dd><p> The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i>
defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to
contact the ldap server when retreiving user account
information. The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin
dn</tt></i> is used in conjunction with the admin dn password
stored in the <tt class="filename">private/secrets.tdb</tt> file.
See the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> man page for more
- information on how to accmplish this.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a>ldap delete dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete
+ information on how to accmplish this.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a>ldap delete dn (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881095"></a></span></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete
operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes
specific to Samba.
- </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>ldap delete dn = no</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPFILTER"></a>ldap filter (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the RFC 2254 compliant LDAP search filter.
+ </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>ldap delete dn = no</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPFILTER"></a>ldap filter (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881134"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the RFC 2254 compliant LDAP search filter.
The default is to match the login name with the <tt class="constant">uid</tt>
attribute for all entries matching the <tt class="constant">sambaAccount</tt>
objectclass. Note that this filter should only return one entry.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">ldap filter = (&amp;(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a>ldap group suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters specifies the suffix that is
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">ldap filter = (&amp;(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a>ldap group suffix (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881189"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameters specifies the suffix that is
used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory.
- If this parameter is unset, the value of <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap suffix</tt></i> will be used instead.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em>dc=samba,ou=Groups</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap idmap suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters specifies the suffix that is
+ If this parameter is unset, the value of <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap suffix</tt></i> will be used instead.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em>dc=samba,ou=Groups</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap idmap suffix (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881243"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameters specifies the suffix that is
used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter
is unset, the value of <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap suffix</tt></i>
- will be used instead.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em>dc=samba,ou=Idmap</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a>ldap machine suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a>ldap passwd sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether
+ will be used instead.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em>ou=Idmap,dc=samba,dc=org</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a>ldap machine suffix (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881296"></a></span></dt><dd><p>It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a>ldap passwd sync (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881335"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether
or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT
and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for
workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password
@@ -1338,15 +1349,15 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
sync</tt></i> can be set to one of three values: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>Yes</tt></i> = Try
to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>No</tt></i> = Update NT and
LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>Only</tt></i> = Only update
- the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <b class="command">ldap passwd sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPORT"></a>ldap port (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been
+ the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <b class="command">ldap passwd sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPORT"></a>ldap port (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881439"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been
configure to include the <b class="command">--with-ldapsam</b> option
at compile time.</p><p>This option is used to control the tcp port number used to contact
the <a href="#LDAPSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap server</tt></i></a>.
- The default is to use the stand LDAPS port 636.</p><p>See Also: <a href="#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a></p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap port = 636 ; if ldap ssl = on</b></p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap port = 389 ; if ldap ssl = off</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSERVER"></a>ldap server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been
+ The default is to use the stand LDAPS port 636.</p><p>See Also: <a href="#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a></p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap port = 636 ; if ldap ssl = on</b></p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap port = 389 ; if ldap ssl = off</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSERVER"></a>ldap server (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881526"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been
configure to include the <b class="command">--with-ldapsam</b>
option at compile time.</p><p>This parameter should contain the FQDN of the ldap directory
server which should be queried to locate user account information.
- </p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap server = localhost</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSSL"></a>ldap ssl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should
+ </p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap server = localhost</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSSL"></a>ldap ssl (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881580"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should
use SSL when connecting to the ldap server
This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to
Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the
@@ -1357,12 +1368,12 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
communicating with the directory server.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>On</tt></i> = Use SSL
on the ldaps port when contacting the <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap server</tt></i>. Only available when the
backwards-compatiblity <b class="command">--with-ldapsam</b> option is specified
- to configure. See <a href="#PASSDBBACKEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap ssl = start_tls</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies where user and machine accounts are added to the
+ to configure. See <a href="#PASSDBBACKEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap ssl = start_tls</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap suffix (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881727"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies where user and machine accounts are added to the
tree. Can be overriden by <b class="command">ldap user
suffix</b> and <b class="command">ldap machine
suffix</b>. It also used as the base dn for all ldap
- searches. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a>ldap user suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree.
- If this parameter is not specified, the value from <b class="command">ldap suffix</b>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a>level2 oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports
+ searches. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a>ldap user suffix (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881780"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree.
+ If this parameter is not specified, the value from <b class="command">ldap suffix</b>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a>level2 oplocks (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881825"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports
level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients
that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock
to a read-only oplock once a second client opens the file (instead
@@ -1382,7 +1393,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
</a> parameter must be set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> on this share in order for
this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>See also the <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i>
</a> and <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i>
- </a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">level2 oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a>lm announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce
+ </a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">level2 oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a>lm announce (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2881972"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce
broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see
the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three
values, <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, <tt class="constant">no</tt>, or
@@ -1394,16 +1405,16 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will
listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will
then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter
- <i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i>.</p><p>See also <a href="#LMINTERVAL"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lm announce = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lm announce = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a>lm interval (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i>.</p><p>See also <a href="#LMINTERVAL"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lm announce = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lm announce = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a>lm interval (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882100"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce
broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the <a href="#LMANNOUNCE">
<i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a> parameter) then this
parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be
made. If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be
made despite the setting of the <i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i>
- parameter.</p><p>See also <a href="#LMANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lm interval = 60</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lm interval = 120</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a>load printers (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all
+ parameter.</p><p>See also <a href="#LMANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lm interval = 60</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lm interval = 120</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a>load printers (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882191"></a></span></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all
printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default.
See the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">printers</a> section for
- more details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">load printers = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a>local master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser
+ more details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">load printers = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a>local master (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882242"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser
on a subnet. If set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> then <b class="command">
nmbd</b> will not attempt to become a local master browser
on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By
@@ -1411,12 +1422,12 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
<tt class="constant">yes</tt> doesn't mean that Samba will <span class="emphasis"><em>become</em></span> the
local master browser on a subnet, just that <b class="command">nmbd</b>
will <span class="emphasis"><em>participate</em></span> in elections for local master browser.</p><p>Setting this value to <tt class="constant">no</tt> will cause <b class="command">nmbd</b> <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> to become a local
- master browser.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">local master = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ master browser.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">local master = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882352"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>
lock directory</tt></i></a>.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a>lock directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a>lock directory (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882393"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock
files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the
<a href="#MAXCONNECTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max connections</tt></i>
- </a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lock directory = /var/run/samba/locks</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKING"></a>locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be
+ </a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lock directory = /var/run/samba/locks</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKING"></a>locking (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882458"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be
performed by the server in response to lock requests from the
client.</p><p>If <b class="command">locking = no</b>, all lock and unlock
requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report
@@ -1426,7 +1437,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <tt class="constant">no</tt>
is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a
specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption.
- You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">locking = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a>lock spin count (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the number of times
+ You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">locking = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a>lock spin count (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882553"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the number of times
that smbd should attempt to gain a byte range lock on the
behalf of a client request. Experiments have shown that
Windows 2k servers do not reply with a failure if the lock
@@ -1434,22 +1445,22 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
in case the lock could later be aquired. This behavior
is used to support PC database formats such as MS Access
and FoxPro.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock spin count = 3</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a>lock spin time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock spin count = 3</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a>lock spin time (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882600"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should
pause before attempting to gain a failed lock. See
<a href="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock spin
- count</tt></i></a> for more details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock spin time = 10</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGFILE"></a>log file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the name
+ count</tt></i></a> for more details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock spin time = 10</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGFILE"></a>log file (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882653"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the name
of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file).</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing
- you to have separate log files for each user or machine.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">log file = /usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a>log level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a astring) allows
+ you to have separate log files for each user or machine.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">log file = /usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a>log level (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882700"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a astring) allows
the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the
<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. This parameter has been
extended since the 2.2.x series, now it allow to specify the debug
level for multiple debug classes. This is to give greater
flexibility in the configuration of the system.</p><p>The default will be the log level specified on
- the command line or level zero if none was specified.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">log level = 3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a>logon drive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the local path to
+ the command line or level zero if none was specified.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">log level = 3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a>logon drive (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882758"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the local path to
which the home directory will be connected (see <a href="#LOGONHOME">
<i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i></a>)
and is only used by NT Workstations. </p><p>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a
- logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon drive = z:</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon drive = h:</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONHOME"></a>logon home (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the home directory
+ logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon drive = z:</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon drive = h:</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONHOME"></a>logon home (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882828"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the home directory
location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC.
It allows you to do </p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\&gt;</tt>
<b class="userinput"><tt>NET USE H: /HOME</tt></b>
@@ -1465,7 +1476,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
<i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i>. This broke <b class="command">net use /home</b> but allowed profiles outside the home directory.
The current implementation is correct, and can be used for profiles if you use
the above trick.</p><p>This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon
- server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon home = "\\%N\%U"</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon home = "\\remote_smb_server\%U"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONPATH"></a>logon path (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the home directory
+ server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon home = "\\%N\%U"</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon home = "\\remote_smb_server\%U"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONPATH"></a>logon path (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2882979"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the home directory
where roaming profiles (NTuser.dat etc files for Windows NT) are
stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has
nothing to do with Win 9X roaming profiles. To find out how to
@@ -1490,7 +1501,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
reference to the homes share (i.e. setting this parameter to
\%N\%U\profile_path will cause problems).</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing
you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.</p><p>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up
- as a logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon path = \\%N\%U\profile</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon path = \\PROFILESERVER\PROFILE\%U</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a>logon script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or
+ as a logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon path = \\%N\%U\profile</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon path = \\PROFILESERVER\PROFILE\%U</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a>logon script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2883128"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or
NT command file (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when
a user successfully logs in. The file must contain the DOS
style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the
@@ -1508,7 +1519,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
the batch files to be arbitrarily modified and security to be
breached.</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you
to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.</p><p>This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon
- server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no logon script defined</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon script = scripts\%U.bat</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a>lppause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
+ server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no logon script defined</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon script = scripts\%U.bat</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a>lppause command (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2883279"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling
a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number to pause the print job. One way
@@ -1525,7 +1536,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given to
this string, unless the value of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i>
parameter is <tt class="constant">SYSV</tt>, in which case the default is :</p><p><b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H hold</b></p><p>or if the value of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter
- is <tt class="constant">SOFTQ</tt>, then the default is:</p><p><b class="command">qstat -s -j%j -h</b></p><p>Example for HPUX: <b class="command">lppause command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a>lpq cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached
+ is <tt class="constant">SOFTQ</tt>, then the default is:</p><p><b class="command">qstat -s -j%j -h</b></p><p>Example for HPUX: <b class="command">lppause command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a>lpq cache time (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2883443"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached
for to prevent the <b class="command">lpq</b> command being called too
often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <b class="command">
lpq</b> command used by the system, so if you use different
@@ -1534,7 +1545,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
where xxxx is a hash of the <b class="command">lpq</b> command in use.</p><p>The default is 10 seconds, meaning that the cached results
of a previous identical <b class="command">lpq</b> command will be used
if the cached data is less than 10 seconds old. A large value may
- be advisable if your <b class="command">lpq</b> command is very slow.</p><p>A value of 0 will disable caching completely.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lpq cache time = 10</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lpq cache time = 30</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a>lpq command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
+ be advisable if your <b class="command">lpq</b> command is very slow.</p><p>A value of 0 will disable caching completely.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lpq cache time = 10</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lpq cache time = 30</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a>lpq command (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2883579"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to obtain <b class="command">lpq
</b>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which
takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer
@@ -1554,7 +1565,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
needed because smbd will make a library call to obtain the
print queue listing.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing
</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i class="parameter"><tt>
- printing</tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq -P%p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a>lpresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
+ printing</tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq -P%p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a>lpresume command (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2883728"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to restart or continue
printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See
@@ -1567,7 +1578,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given
to this string, unless the value of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i>
parameter is <tt class="constant">SYSV</tt>, in which case the default is :</p><p><b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</b></p><p>or if the value of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter
- is <tt class="constant">SOFTQ</tt>, then the default is:</p><p><b class="command">qstat -s -j%j -r</b></p><p>Example for HPUX: <b class="command">lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a>lprm command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
+ is <tt class="constant">SOFTQ</tt>, then the default is:</p><p><b class="command">qstat -s -j%j -r</b></p><p>Example for HPUX: <b class="command">lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a>lprm command (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2883888"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A <i class="parameter"><tt>%j</tt></i> is replaced with
@@ -1575,7 +1586,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
path in the <i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command</tt></i> as the PATH may not be
available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing
</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i class="parameter"><tt>printing
- </tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example 1: <b class="command">lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j</b></p><p>Example 2: <b class="command">lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a>machine password timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows
+ </tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example 1: <b class="command">lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j</b></p><p>Example 2: <b class="command">lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a>machine password timeout (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884009"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows
NT Domain (see the <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN">security = domain</a>)
parameter) then periodically a running smbd
process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT
@@ -1583,12 +1594,12 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
</tt>. This parameter specifies how often this password
will be changed, in seconds. The default is one week (expressed in
seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server.</p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, and the <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN">
- security = domain</a>) parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">machine password timeout = 604800</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a>magic output (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file
+ security = domain</a>) parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">machine password timeout = 604800</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a>magic output (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884096"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file
which will contain output created by a magic script (see the
<a href="#MAGICSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>magic script</tt></i></a>
parameter below).</p><p>Warning: If two clients use the same <i class="parameter"><tt>magic script
</tt></i> in the same directory the output file content
- is undefined.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">magic output = &lt;magic script name&gt;.out</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">magic output = myfile.txt</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a>magic script (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,
+ is undefined.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">magic output = &lt;magic script name&gt;.out</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">magic output = myfile.txt</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a>magic script (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884172"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,
if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed.
This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and
executed on behalf of the connected user.</p><p>Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon
@@ -1600,7 +1611,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
the end-of-line marker. Magic scripts must be executable
<span class="emphasis"><em>as is</em></span> on the host, which for some hosts and
some shells will require filtering at the DOS end.</p><p>Magic scripts are <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPERIMENTAL</em></span> and
- should <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be relied upon.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None. Magic scripts disabled.</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">magic script = user.csh</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLECASE"></a>mangle case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangle case = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a>mangled map (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is for those who want to directly map UNIX
+ should <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be relied upon.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None. Magic scripts disabled.</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">magic script = user.csh</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLECASE"></a>mangle case (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884273"></a></span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangle case = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a>mangled map (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884320"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is for those who want to directly map UNIX
file names which cannot be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling
of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have
documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX.
@@ -1609,7 +1620,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
is more commonly used.</p><p>So to map <tt class="filename">html</tt> to <tt class="filename">htm</tt>
you would use:</p><p><b class="command">mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</b></p><p>One very useful case is to remove the annoying <tt class="filename">;1
</tt> off the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible
- under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no mangled map</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangled map = (*;1 *;)</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a>mangled names (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX
+ under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no mangled map</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangled map = (*;1 *;)</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a>mangled names (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884426"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX
should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible,
or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for
details on how to control the mangling process.</p><p>If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters
@@ -1637,7 +1648,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
copied between UNIX directories from Windows/DOS while retaining
the long UNIX filename. UNIX files can be renamed to a new extension
from Windows/DOS and will retain the same basename. Mangled names
- do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangled names = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDSTACK"></a>mangled stack (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the number of mangled names
+ do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangled names = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDSTACK"></a>mangled stack (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884590"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the number of mangled names
that should be cached in the Samba server <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>This stack is a list of recently mangled base names
(extensions are only maintained if they are longer than 3 characters
or contains upper case characters).</p><p>The larger this value, the more likely it is that mangled
@@ -1645,29 +1656,29 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
However, large stack sizes will slow most directory accesses. Smaller
stacks save memory in the server (each stack element costs 256 bytes).
</p><p>It is not possible to absolutely guarantee correct long
- filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangled stack = 50</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangled stack = 100</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a>mangle prefix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix
+ filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangled stack = 50</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangled stack = 100</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a>mangle prefix (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884673"></a></span></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix
characters from the original name used when generating
the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker
hash and therefore more name collisions. The minimum
value is 1 and the maximum value is 6.</p><p>
mangle prefix is effective only when mangling method is hash2.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangle prefix = 1</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangle prefix = 4</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a>mangling char (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangle prefix = 1</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangle prefix = 4</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a>mangling char (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884732"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as
the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">name mangling</a>. The
default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set
- it to whatever you prefer. This is effective only when mangling method is hash.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangling char = ~</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangling char = ^</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a>mangling method (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating
+ it to whatever you prefer. This is effective only when mangling method is hash.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangling char = ~</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangling char = ^</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a>mangling method (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884799"></a></span></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating
the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and
"hash2". "hash" is the default and is the algorithm that has been
used in Samba for many years. "hash2" is a newer and considered
a better algorithm (generates less collisions) in the names.
However, many Win32 applications store the mangled names and so
changing to the new algorithm must not be done
- lightly as these applications may break unless reinstalled.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangling method = hash2</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangling method = hash</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a>map acl inherit (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'
+ lightly as these applications may break unless reinstalled.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangling method = hash2</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangling method = hash</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a>map acl inherit (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884858"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'
access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute
called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run
on a platform that supports extended attributes (Linux and IRIX so far) and
allows the Windows 2000 ACL editor to correctly use inheritance with the Samba
POSIX ACL mapping code.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">map acl inherit = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a>map archive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the DOS archive attribute
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">map acl inherit = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a>map archive (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884916"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the DOS archive attribute
should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit
is set when a file has been modified since its last backup. One
motivation for this option it to keep Samba/your PC from making
@@ -1675,15 +1686,15 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc...</p><p>Note that this requires the <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i>
parameter to be set such that owner execute bit is not masked out
(i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter <a href="#CREATEMASK">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map archive = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a>map hidden (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether DOS style hidden files
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map archive = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a>map hidden (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2884989"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether DOS style hidden files
should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit.</p><p>Note that this requires the <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i>
to be set such that the world execute bit is not masked out (i.e.
it must include 001). See the parameter <a href="#CREATEMASK">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map hidden = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a>map system (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether DOS style system files
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map hidden = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a>map system (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885056"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether DOS style system files
should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit.</p><p>Note that this requires the <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i>
to be set such that the group execute bit is not masked out (i.e.
it must include 010). See the parameter <a href="#CREATEMASK">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map system = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a>map to guest (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a href="#SECURITY">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map system = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a>map to guest (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885123"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a href="#SECURITY">
security</a> modes other than <i class="parameter"><tt>security = share</tt></i>
- i.e. <tt class="constant">user</tt>, <tt class="constant">server</tt>,
and <tt class="constant">domain</tt>.</p><p>This parameter can take three different values, which tell
@@ -1711,12 +1722,12 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
cannot make authentication decisions at the correct time (connection
to the share) for "Guest" shares.</p><p>For people familiar with the older Samba releases, this
parameter maps to the old compile-time setting of the <tt class="constant">
- GUEST_SESSSETUP</tt> value in local.h.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map to guest = Never</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">map to guest = Bad User</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a>max connections (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.
+ GUEST_SESSSETUP</tt> value in local.h.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map to guest = Never</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">map to guest = Bad User</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a>max connections (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885339"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.
If <i class="parameter"><tt>max connections</tt></i> is greater than 0 then connections
will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value
of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made.</p><p>Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in
the directory specified by the <a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>lock directory</tt></i></a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max connections = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max connections = 10</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a>max disk size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>lock directory</tt></i></a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max connections = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max connections = 10</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a>max disk size (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885420"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit
on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100
then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in
size.</p><p>Note that this option does not limit the amount of
@@ -1726,23 +1737,23 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
result will be bounded by the amount specified in <i class="parameter"><tt>max
disk size</tt></i>.</p><p>This option is primarily useful to work around bugs
in some pieces of software that can't handle very large disks,
- particularly disks over 1GB in size.</p><p>A <i class="parameter"><tt>max disk size</tt></i> of 0 means no limit.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max disk size = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max disk size = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a>max log size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies
+ particularly disks over 1GB in size.</p><p>A <i class="parameter"><tt>max disk size</tt></i> of 0 means no limit.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max disk size = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max disk size = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a>max log size (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885508"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies
the max size the log file should grow to. Samba periodically checks
the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding
- a <tt class="filename">.old</tt> extension.</p><p>A size of 0 means no limit.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max log size = 5000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max log size = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXMUX"></a>max mux (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of
+ a <tt class="filename">.old</tt> extension.</p><p>A size of 0 means no limit.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max log size = 5000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max log size = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXMUX"></a>max mux (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885571"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of
outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client
- it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max mux = 50</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a>max open files (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
+ it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max mux = 50</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a>max open files (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885614"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
open files that one <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file
serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The
default for this parameter is set very high (10,000) as Samba uses
only one bit per unopened file.</p><p>The limit of the number of open files is usually set
by the UNIX per-process file descriptor limit rather than
- this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max open files = 10000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a>max print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
+ this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max open files = 10000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a>max print jobs (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885676"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment.
If this number is exceeded, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client.
See all <a href="#"><i class="parameter"><tt>total
print jobs</tt></i></a>.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max print jobs = 1000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max print jobs = 5000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a>max protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max print jobs = 1000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max print jobs = 5000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a>max protocol (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885752"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest
protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="constant">CORE</tt>: Earliest version. No
concept of user names.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">COREPLUS</tt>: Slight improvements on
CORE for efficiency.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">LANMAN1</tt>: First <span class="emphasis"><em>
@@ -1751,7 +1762,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS.</p></li></ul></div><p>Normally this option should not be set as the automatic
negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing
the appropriate protocol.</p><p>See also <a href="#MINPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min
- protocol</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">max protocol = NT1</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max protocol = LANMAN1</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a>max reported print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
+ protocol</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">max protocol = NT1</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max protocol = LANMAN1</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a>max reported print jobs (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885899"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
jobs displayed in a port monitor for Samba printer queue at any given
moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess jobs will not be shown.
A value of zero means there is no limit on the number of print
@@ -1760,23 +1771,23 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
See all <a href="#"><i class="parameter"><tt>total
print jobs</tt></i></a> and <a href="#MAXPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max print
jobs</tt></i></a> parameters.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max reported print jobs = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max reported print jobs = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a>max smbd processes (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max reported print jobs = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max reported print jobs = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a>max smbd processes (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2885980"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient
resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating
conditions, each user will have an <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> associated with him or her to handle connections to all
- shares from a given host.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max smbd processes = 0</b> ## no limit</p><p>Example: <b class="command">max smbd processes = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXTTL"></a>max ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'
+ shares from a given host.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max smbd processes = 0</b> ## no limit</p><p>Example: <b class="command">max smbd processes = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXTTL"></a>max ttl (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886058"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'
of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <b class="command">nmbd</b> is
requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should
- never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max ttl = 259200</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a>max wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server (<a href="#WINSSUPPORT">
+ never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max ttl = 259200</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a>max wins ttl (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886119"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server (<a href="#WINSSUPPORT">
<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i></a>) what the maximum
'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <b class="command">nmbd</b>
will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this
parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>See also the <a href="#MINWINSTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min
- wins ttl</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max wins ttl = 518400</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXXMIT"></a>max xmit (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size
+ wins ttl</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max wins ttl = 518400</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXXMIT"></a>max xmit (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886209"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size
that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 65535, which
is the maximum. In some cases you may find you get better performance
with a smaller value. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max xmit = 65535</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max xmit = 8192</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a>message command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max xmit = 65535</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max xmit = 8192</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a>message command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886261"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the
server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would
deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is
up to your imagination.</p><p>An example is:</p><p><b class="command">message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' &amp;</b>
@@ -1799,18 +1810,18 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
won't be delivered and Samba will tell the sender there was
an error. Unfortunately WfWg totally ignores the error code
and carries on regardless, saying that the message was delivered.
- </p><p>If you want to silently delete it then try:</p><p><b class="command">message command = rm %s</b></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no message command</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">message command = csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &amp;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPASSWDLENGTH"></a>min passwd length (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH">
+ </p><p>If you want to silently delete it then try:</p><p><b class="command">message command = rm %s</b></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no message command</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">message command = csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &amp;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPASSWDLENGTH"></a>min passwd length (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886477"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH">
<i class="parameter"><tt>min password length</tt></i></a>.
- </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPASSWORDLENGTH"></a>min password length (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the minimum length in characters of a
+ </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPASSWORDLENGTH"></a>min password length (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886520"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the minimum length in characters of a
plaintext password that <b class="command">smbd</b> will
accept when performing UNIX password changing.</p><p>See also <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix
password sync</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM">
<i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min password length = 5</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a>min print space (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min password length = 5</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a>min print space (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886613"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk
space that must be available before a user will be able to spool
a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which
means a user can always spool a print job.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing
- </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min print space = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">min print space = 2000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a>min protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the
+ </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min print space = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">min print space = 2000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a>min protocol (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886682"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the
lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer
to the <a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a>
parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description
@@ -1819,30 +1830,28 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
dialects supported by clients.</p><p>If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should
also refer to the <a href="#LANMANAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>lanman
auth</tt></i></a> parameter. Otherwise, you should never need
- to change this parameter.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">min protocol = CORE</b></p><p>Example : <b class="command">min protocol = NT1</b> # disable DOS clients</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a>min wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>
+ to change this parameter.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">min protocol = CORE</b></p><p>Example : <b class="command">min protocol = NT1</b> # disable DOS clients</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a>min wins ttl (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886777"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>
when acting as a WINS server (<a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>
wins support = yes</tt></i></a>) what the minimum 'time to live'
of NetBIOS names that <b class="command">nmbd</b> will grant will be (in
seconds). You should never need to change this parameter. The default
- is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min wins ttl = 21600</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a>msdfs proxy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a
+ is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min wins ttl = 21600</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a>msdfs proxy (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886850"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a
stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by
the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to
this share, they are redirected to the proxied share using
the SMB-Dfs protocol.</p><p>Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the
<a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>msdfs root</tt></i></a>
and <a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i class="parameter"><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a>
- options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">msdfs proxy = \\\\otherserver\\someshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a>msdfs root (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available if
- Samba is configured and compiled with the <b class="command">
- --with-msdfs</b> option. If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>,
- Samba treats the share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse
- the distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory.
- Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic
+ options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">msdfs proxy = \\\\otherserver\\someshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a>msdfs root (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2886924"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, Samba treats the
+ share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the
+ distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory.
+ Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic
links of the form <tt class="filename">msdfs:serverA\\shareA,serverB\\shareB</tt>
- and so on. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree
- on Samba, refer to <a href="#">???</a>.</p><p>See also <a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i class="parameter"><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">msdfs root = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a>name cache timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before
+ and so on. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on
+ Samba, refer to <a href="#">???</a>.</p><p>See also <a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i class="parameter"><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">msdfs root = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a>name cache timeout (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887002"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before
entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If
the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">name cache timeout = 660</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">name cache timeout = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a>name resolve order (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">name cache timeout = 660</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">name cache timeout = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a>name resolve order (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887054"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba
suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order
to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to
control how netbios name resolution is performed. The option takes a space
@@ -1870,21 +1879,21 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal
system hostname lookup.</p><p>When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (<b class="command">security = ads</b>)
it is advised to use following settings for <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i>:</p><p><b class="command">name resolve order = wins bcast</b></p><p>DC lookups will still be done via DNS, but fallbacks to netbios names will
- not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN&lt;0x1c&gt; lookups.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a>netbios aliases (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will
+ not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN&lt;0x1c&gt; lookups.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a>netbios aliases (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887274"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will
advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine
to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server
or logon server none of these names will be advertised as either browse server or logon
servers, only the primary name of the machine will be advertised with these capabilities.
</p><p>See also <a href="#NETBIOSNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios
- name</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>empty string (no additional names)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">netbios aliases = TEST TEST1 TEST2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a>netbios name (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba
+ name</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>empty string (no additional names)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">netbios aliases = TEST TEST1 TEST2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a>netbios name (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887345"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba
server is known. By default it is the same as the first component
of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or
logon server this name (or the first component
of the hosts DNS name) will be the name that these services are
advertised under.</p><p>See also <a href="#NETBIOSALIASES"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios
- aliases</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>machine DNS name</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">netbios name = MYNAME</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a>netbios scope (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will
+ aliases</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>machine DNS name</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">netbios name = MYNAME</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a>netbios scope (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887414"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will
operate under. This should not be set unless every machine
- on your LAN also sets this value.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a>nis homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For
+ on your LAN also sets this value.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a>nis homedir (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887446"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For
UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory
will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote
server. </p><p>When the Samba logon server is not the actual home directory
@@ -1901,24 +1910,24 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
<i class="parameter"><tt>homedir map</tt></i></a> and return the server
listed there.</p><p>Note that for this option to work there must be a working
NIS system and the Samba server with this option must also
- be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nis homedir = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a>nt acl support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map
+ be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nis homedir = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a>nt acl support (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887531"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map
UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists.
This parameter was formally a global parameter in releases
- prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt acl support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a>ntlm auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
+ prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt acl support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a>ntlm auth (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887585"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response.
If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response
will need to be sent by the client.</p><p>If this option, and <b class="command">lanman
auth</b> are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be
permited. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require
- special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">ntlm auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a>nt pipe support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether
+ special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">ntlm auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a>nt pipe support (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887652"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether
<a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT
clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <tt class="constant">IPC$</tt>
pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left
- alone.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt pipe support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a>nt status support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status
+ alone.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt pipe support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a>nt status support (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887710"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status
support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone.
If this option is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> then Samba offers
exactly the same DOS error codes that versions prior to Samba 2.2.3
- reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt status support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a>null passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">null passwords = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a>obey pam restrictions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support
+ reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt status support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a>null passwords (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887774"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">null passwords = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a>obey pam restrictions (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887830"></a></span></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support
(i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba
should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The
default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only
@@ -1927,8 +1936,8 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
<i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords = yes</tt></i></a>. The reason
is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response
authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">obey pam restrictions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for <a href="#GUESTONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- guest only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYUSER"></a>only user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">obey pam restrictions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887893"></a></span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for <a href="#GUESTONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ guest only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYUSER"></a>only user (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2887935"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether
connections with usernames not in the <i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i>
list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a
client can supply a username to be used by the server. Enabling
@@ -1941,21 +1950,21 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
%S</b> which means your <i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i> list
will be just the service name, which for home directories is the
name of the user.</p><p>See also the <a href="#USER"><i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i>
- </a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">only user = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a>oplock break wait time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in
+ </a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">only user = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a>oplock break wait time (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888045"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in
both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too
quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock
break request, then the network client can fail and not respond
to the break request. This tuning parameter (which is set in milliseconds)
is the amount of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break
request to such (broken) clients.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND
- UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</em></span>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplock break wait time = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a>oplock contention limit (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced
+ UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</em></span>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplock break wait time = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a>oplock contention limit (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888102"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced
<a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to
improve the efficiency of the granting of oplocks under multiple
client contention for the same file.</p><p>In brief it specifies a number, which causes <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>not to grant an oplock even when requested
if the approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this
limit. This causes <b class="command">smbd</b> to behave in a similar
way to Windows NT.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ
- AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</em></span>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplock contention limit = 2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKS"></a>oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean option tells <b class="command">smbd</b> whether to
+ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</em></span>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplock contention limit = 2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKS"></a>oplocks (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888191"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean option tells <b class="command">smbd</b> whether to
issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this
share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve
the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients
@@ -1971,13 +1980,13 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the
<i class="parameter"><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i> parameter for details.</p><p>See also the <a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel
oplocks</tt></i></a> and <a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- level2 oplocks</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a>os2 driver map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute
+ level2 oplocks</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a>os2 driver map (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888318"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute
path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver
names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p>&lt;nt driver name&gt; = &lt;os2 driver name&gt;.&lt;device name&gt;</p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5
printer driver would appear as <b class="command">HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP
LaserJet 5L</b>.</p><p>The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace
problem described in <a href="#">???</a>. For more details on OS/2 clients, please
- refer to <a href="#">???</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">os2 driver map = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OSLEVEL"></a>os level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This integer value controls what level Samba
+ refer to <a href="#">???</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">os2 driver map = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OSLEVEL"></a>os level (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888403"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This integer value controls what level Samba
advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this
parameter determines whether <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>
has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <i class="parameter"><tt>
@@ -1987,22 +1996,22 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
means that a misconfigured Samba host can effectively isolate
a subnet for browsing purposes. See <tt class="filename">BROWSING.txt
</tt> in the Samba <tt class="filename">docs/</tt> directory
- for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">os level = 20</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">os level = 65 </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a>pam password change (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,
+ for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">os level = 20</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">os level = 65 </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a>pam password change (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888499"></a></span></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,
this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control
flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password
changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in
<a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a>.
It should be possible to enable this without changing your
<a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat</tt></i></a>
- parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">pam password change = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PANICACTION"></a>panic action (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a
+ parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">pam password change = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PANICACTION"></a>panic action (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888569"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a
system command to be called when either <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to
- draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">panic action = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">panic action = "/bin/sleep 90000"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a>paranoid server security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest
+ draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">panic action = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">panic action = "/bin/sleep 90000"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a>paranoid server security (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888644"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest
users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not
use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain
to the logs and exit.
</p><p>Disabling this option prevents Samba from making
this check, which involves deliberatly attempting a
- bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">paranoid server security = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a>passdb backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backends
+ bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">paranoid server security = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a>passdb backend (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888694"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backends
to retrieve and store passwords with. This allows (for example) both
smbpasswd and tdbsam to be used without a recompile. Multiple
backends can be specified, separated by spaces. The backends will be
@@ -2028,7 +2037,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
argument. Read the Samba HOWTO Collection for configuration
details.
</p></li></ul></div><p>
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">passdb backend = smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = ldapsam:ldaps://ldap.example.com</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = mysql:my_plugin_args tdbsam</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a>passwd chat (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">passdb backend = smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = ldapsam:ldaps://ldap.example.com</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = mysql:my_plugin_args tdbsam</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a>passwd chat (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2888914"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>
conversation that takes places between <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing
program to change the user's password. The string describes a
sequence of response-receive pairs that <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> uses to determine what to send to the
@@ -2062,7 +2071,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
<i class="parameter"><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">passwd chat = *new*password* %n\\n
*new*password* %n\\n *changed*</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\\n
"*Enter NEW password*" %n\\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\\n
- "*Password changed*"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a>passwd chat debug (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script
+ "*Password changed*"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a>passwd chat debug (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2889184"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script
parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the
strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed
in the <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log with a
@@ -2076,7 +2085,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>See also <a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat</tt></i>
</a>, <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i class="parameter"><tt>pam password change</tt></i>
</a>, <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i>
- </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">passwd chat debug = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a>passwd program (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set
+ </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">passwd chat debug = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a>passwd program (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2889337"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set
UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i>
will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for
existence before calling the password changing program.</p><p>Also note that many passwd programs insist in <span class="emphasis"><em>reasonable
@@ -2094,7 +2103,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
for <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> programs called, and must be examined
for security implications. Note that by default <i class="parameter"><tt>unix
password sync</tt></i> is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt>.</p><p>See also <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix
- password sync</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">passwd program = /bin/passwd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passwd program = /sbin/npasswd %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a>password level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty
+ password sync</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">passwd program = /bin/passwd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passwd program = /sbin/npasswd %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a>password level (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2889494"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty
with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for
Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper
case when using the LANMAN1 protocol, but leaves them alone when
@@ -2110,7 +2119,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
case password. However, you should be aware that use of this
parameter reduces security and increases the time taken to
process a new connection.</p><p>A value of zero will cause only two attempts to be
- made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">password level = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password level = 4</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a>password server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server
+ made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">password level = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password level = 4</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a>password server (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2889614"></a></span></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server
or Active Directory domain controller with this option,
and using <b class="command">security = [ads|domain|server]</b>
it is possible to get Samba to
@@ -2166,7 +2175,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
are able to login from the Samba server, as when in <b class="command">
security = server</b> mode the network logon will appear to
come from there rather than from the users workstation.</p></li></ul></div><p>See also the <a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>security
- </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">password server = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, *</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = *</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PATH"></a>path (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which
+ </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">password server = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, *</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = *</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PATH"></a>path (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2889957"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which
the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of
printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to
being submitted to the host for printing.</p><p>For a printable service offering guest access, the service
@@ -2179,25 +2188,25 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are
connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting
up pseudo home directories for users.</p><p>Note that this path will be based on <a href="#ROOTDIR">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>root dir</tt></i></a> if one was specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">path = /home/fred</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a>pid directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where pid
- files will be placed. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">pid directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">pid directory = /var/run/</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a>posix locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>root dir</tt></i></a> if one was specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">path = /home/fred</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a>pid directory (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890058"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where pid
+ files will be placed. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">pid directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">pid directory = /var/run/</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a>posix locking (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890108"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients.
The default behavior is to map this internal database to POSIX
locks. This means that file locks obtained by SMB clients are
consistent with those seen by POSIX compliant applications accessing
the files via a non-SMB method (e.g. NFS or local file access).
- You should never need to disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">posix locking = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSTEXEC"></a>postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run
+ You should never need to disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">posix locking = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSTEXEC"></a>postexec (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890173"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run
whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual
substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some
systems.</p><p>An interesting example may be to unmount server
- resources:</p><p><b class="command">postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom</b></p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (no command executed)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">postexec = echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXEC"></a>preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever
+ resources:</p><p><b class="command">postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom</b></p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (no command executed)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">postexec = echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXEC"></a>preexec (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890254"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever
the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome
message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here
is an example:</p><p><b class="command">preexec = csh -c 'echo \"Welcome to %S!\" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' &amp; </b></p><p>Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a> and <a href="#POSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>postexec
- </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (no command executed)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preexec = echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a>preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean option controls whether a non-zero
+ </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (no command executed)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preexec = echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a>preexec close (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890355"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean option controls whether a non-zero
return code from <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec
- </tt></i></a> should close the service being connected to.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preexec close = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PREFERREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- preferred master</tt></i></a> for people who cannot spell :-).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a>preferred master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls if
+ </tt></i></a> should close the service being connected to.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preexec close = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890409"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PREFERREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ preferred master</tt></i></a> for people who cannot spell :-).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a>preferred master (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890452"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls if
<a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master
browser for its workgroup.</p><p>If this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, on startup, <b class="command">nmbd</b>
will force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in
@@ -2209,24 +2218,24 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
preferred master browsers on the same subnet, they will each
periodically and continuously attempt to become the local
master browser. This will result in unnecessary broadcast
- traffic and reduced browsing capabilities.</p><p>See also <a href="#OSLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preferred master = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOAD"></a>preload (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be
+ traffic and reduced browsing capabilities.</p><p>See also <a href="#OSLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preferred master = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOAD"></a>preload (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890581"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be
automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful
for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be
visible.</p><p>Note that if you just want all printers in your
printcap file loaded then the <a href="#LOADPRINTERS">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i></a> option is easier.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no preloaded services</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preload = fred lp colorlp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a>preload modules (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i></a> option is easier.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no preloaded services</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preload = fred lp colorlp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a>preload modules (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890651"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should
be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves
- the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">preload modules = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preload modules = /usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so+++ </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a>preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This controls if new filenames are created
+ the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">preload modules = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preload modules = /usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so+++ </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a>preserve case (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890705"></a></span></dt><dd><p> This controls if new filenames are created
with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to
be the <a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default case
- </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preserve case = yes</b></p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTABLE"></a>printable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then
+ </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preserve case = yes</b></p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTABLE"></a>printable (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890771"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then
clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory
specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing
to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling
of print data. The <a href="#READONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only
</tt></i></a> parameter controls only non-printing access to
- the resource.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">printable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTCAPNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- printcap name</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a>printcap name (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter may be used to override the
+ the resource.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">printable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890836"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTCAPNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ printcap name</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a>printcap name (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2890879"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter may be used to override the
compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually <tt class="filename">
/etc/printcap</tt>). See the discussion of the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons
why you might want to do this.</p><p>To use the CUPS printing interface set <b class="command">printcap name = cups
@@ -2253,7 +2262,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5
that it's a comment.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Under AIX the default printcap
name is <tt class="filename">/etc/qconfig</tt>. Samba will assume the
file is in AIX <tt class="filename">qconfig</tt> format if the string
- <tt class="filename">qconfig</tt> appears in the printcap filename.</p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">printcap name = /etc/printcap</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printcap name = /etc/myprintcap</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a>print command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to
+ <tt class="filename">qconfig</tt> appears in the printcap filename.</p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">printcap name = /etc/printcap</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printcap name = /etc/myprintcap</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a>print command (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891074"></a></span></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to
a service, this command will be used via a <b class="command">system()</b>
call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will
submit the spool file to the host's printing subsystem, but there
@@ -2294,15 +2303,15 @@ print5|My Printer 5
uses <b class="command">lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s</b>.
With <b class="command">printing = cups</b>,
and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually
- set print command will be ignored.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- printer name</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a>printer admin (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that can do anything to
+ set print command will be ignored.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891369"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ printer name</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a>printer admin (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891411"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that can do anything to
printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC
(usually using a NT workstation). Note that the root user always
- has admin rights.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">printer admin = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printer admin = admin, @staff</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a>printer name (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of the printer
+ has admin rights.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">printer admin = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printer admin = admin, @staff</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a>printer name (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891465"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of the printer
to which print jobs spooled through a printable service will be sent.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section, the printer
name given will be used for any printable service that does
not have its own printer name specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (but may be <tt class="constant">lp</tt>
- on many systems)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printer name = laserwriter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTING"></a>printing (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is
+ on many systems)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printer name = laserwriter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTING"></a>printing (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891525"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is
interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for
the <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command</tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command </tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command</tt></i>, and <i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command</tt></i> if specified in the
[global] section.</p><p>Currently nine printing styles are supported. They are
@@ -2312,11 +2321,11 @@ print5|My Printer 5
<tt class="constant">QNX</tt>, <tt class="constant">SOFTQ</tt>,
and <tt class="constant">CUPS</tt>.</p><p>To see what the defaults are for the other print
commands when using the various options use the <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> program.</p><p>This option can be set on a per printer basis</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">
- [printers]</a> section.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTABLE">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>printable</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a>private dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory
+ [printers]</a> section.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891668"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTABLE">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>printable</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a>private dir (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891711"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory
smbd will use for storing such files as <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt>
and <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt>.
- </p><p>Default :<b class="command">private dir = ${prefix}/private</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a>profile acls (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
+ </p><p>Default :<b class="command">private dir = ${prefix}/private</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a>profile acls (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891766"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been
having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or
Windows XP clients. New versions of Windows 2000 or Windows XP service
@@ -2339,9 +2348,9 @@ print5|My Printer 5
the top level profile directory (named after the user) is created by the
workstation profile code and has an ACL restricting entry to the directory
tree to the owning user.
-</p><p>Default: <b class="command">profile acls = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#MAXPROTOCOL">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest
- ok</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a>queuepause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
+</p><p>Default: <b class="command">profile acls = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891853"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#MAXPROTOCOL">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891896"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest
+ ok</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a>queuepause command (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2891939"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue,
such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer.</p><p>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
@@ -2350,7 +2359,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.
</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute
path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the
- server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">queuepause command = disable %p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a>queueresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
+ server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">queuepause command = disable %p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a>queueresume command (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892027"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It
is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the
previous parameter (<a href="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>
@@ -2363,11 +2372,11 @@ print5|My Printer 5
command.</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute
path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the
server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <a href="#PRINTING">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">queuepause command = enable %p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READBMPX"></a>read bmpx (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">queuepause command = enable %p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READBMPX"></a>read bmpx (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892135"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether
<a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will support the "Read
Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to
<tt class="constant">no</tt>. You should never need to set this
- parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read bmpx = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READLIST"></a>read list (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that are given read-only
+ parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read bmpx = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READLIST"></a>read list (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892193"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that are given read-only
access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then
they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a href="#READONLY">
<i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a>
@@ -2376,12 +2385,12 @@ print5|My Printer 5
invalid users</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>See also the <a href="#WRITELIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>
write list</tt></i></a> parameter and the <a href="#INVALIDUSERS">
<i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i>
- </a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read list = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">read list = mary, @students</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READONLY"></a>read only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a href="#WRITEABLE">
+ </a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read list = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">read list = mary, @students</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READONLY"></a>read only (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892304"></a></span></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a href="#WRITEABLE">
<i class="parameter"><tt>writeable</tt></i></a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then users
of a service may not create or modify files in the service's
directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<b class="command">printable = yes</b>)
will <span class="emphasis"><em>ALWAYS</em></span> allow writing to the directory
- (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read only = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READRAW"></a>read raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server
+ (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read only = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READRAW"></a>read raw (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892385"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server
will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data
to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in
one packet. This typically provides a major performance benefit.
@@ -2389,7 +2398,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5
block size incorrectly or are incapable of supporting larger block
sizes, and for these clients you may need to disable raw reads.</p><p>In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning
tool and left severely alone. See also <a href="#WRITERAW">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read raw = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READSIZE"></a>read size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The option <i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i>
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read raw = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READSIZE"></a>read size (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892459"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The option <i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i>
affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes.
If the amount of data being transferred in several of the SMB
commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and SMBreadbraw) is larger
@@ -2402,10 +2411,10 @@ print5|My Printer 5
has been done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely
that the best value will vary greatly between systems anyway.
A value over 65536 is pointless and will cause you to allocate
- memory unnecessarily.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read size = 16384</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">read size = 8192</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REALM"></a>realm (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is
+ memory unnecessarily.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read size = 16384</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">read size = 8192</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REALM"></a>realm (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892540"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is
used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <b class="command">domain</b>. It
is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">realm = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">realm = mysambabox.mycompany.com</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a>remote announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">realm = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">realm = mysambabox.mycompany.com</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a>remote announce (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892599"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself
to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name.</p><p>This is useful if you want your Samba server to appear
in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse propagation
rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere that you
@@ -2416,7 +2425,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5
the <a href="#WORKGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a>
parameter is used instead.</p><p>The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast
addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses
- of known browse masters if your network config is that stable.</p><p>See <a href="#">???</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">remote announce = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a>remote browse sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request
+ of known browse masters if your network config is that stable.</p><p>See <a href="#">???</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">remote announce = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a>remote browse sync (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892720"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request
synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba
server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to
gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This
@@ -2430,7 +2439,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5
of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If
a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate
that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it
- is in fact the browse master on its segment.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">remote browse sync = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a>restrict anonymous (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and
+ is in fact the browse master on its segment.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">remote browse sync = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a>restrict anonymous (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892822"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and
group list information is returned for an anonymous connection.
and mirrors the effects of the
<tt class="constant">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\LSA\RestrictAnonymous</tt> registry key in Windows
@@ -2449,11 +2458,11 @@ print5|My Printer 5
The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 2 is removed
by setting <a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest
ok</tt></i> = yes</a> on any share.
- </p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">restrict anonymous = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOT"></a>root (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">
+ </p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">restrict anonymous = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOT"></a>root (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892909"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">
<i class="parameter"><tt>root directory"</tt></i></a>.
- </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">
+ </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892952"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">
<i class="parameter"><tt>root directory"</tt></i></a>.
- </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a>root directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The server will <b class="command">chroot()</b> (i.e.
+ </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a>root directory (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2892996"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The server will <b class="command">chroot()</b> (i.e.
Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the
server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries.
@@ -2473,19 +2482,19 @@ print5|My Printer 5
you will need to mirror <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> (or a
subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for
printing (if required). The set of files that must be mirrored is
- operating system dependent.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root directory = /</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">root directory = /homes/smb</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a>root postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>postexec</tt></i>
+ operating system dependent.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root directory = /</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">root directory = /homes/smb</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a>root postexec (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2893120"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>postexec</tt></i>
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
is useful for unmounting filesystems
(such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.</p><p>See also <a href="#POSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- postexec</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root postexec = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a>root preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i>
+ postexec</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root postexec = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a>root preexec (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2893185"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i>
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
is useful for mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a
connection is opened.</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>
preexec</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PREEXECCLOSE">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root preexec = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a>root preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root preexec = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a>root preexec close (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2893265"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close
</tt></i> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>
preexec</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PREEXECCLOSE">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root preexec close = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITY"></a>security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root preexec close = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITY"></a>security (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2893342"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to
Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <tt class="filename">
smb.conf</tt> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to
protocol negotiations with <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide
@@ -2631,7 +2640,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5
Controller. </p><p>Read the chapter about Domain Membership in the HOWTO for details.</p><p>See also the <a href="#"><i class="parameter"><tt>ads server
</tt></i></a> parameter, the <a href="#REALM"><i class="parameter"><tt>realm
</tt></i></a> paramter and the <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">security = USER</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">security = DOMAIN</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a>security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">security = USER</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">security = DOMAIN</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a>security mask (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2894409"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission
bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating
the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security
dialog box.</p><p>This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to
@@ -2648,7 +2657,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5
<i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></a>,
<a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory
security mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">security mask = 0777</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">security mask = 0770</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a>server schannel (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or even
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">security mask = 0777</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">security mask = 0770</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a>server schannel (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2894539"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or even
demands the use of the netlogon schannel.
<i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel = no</tt></i> does not
offer the schannel, <i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel =
@@ -2659,23 +2668,23 @@ print5|My Printer 5
for Windows NT4 before SP4.</p><p>Please note that with this set to
<i class="parameter"><tt>no</tt></i> you will have to apply the
WindowsXP requireSignOrSeal-Registry patch found in
- the docs/Registry subdirectory.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">server schannel = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">server schannel = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a>server signing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires
+ the docs/Registry subdirectory.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">server schannel = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">server schannel = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a>server signing (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2894629"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires
the client it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values
are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span>
and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>.
</p><p>When set to auto, SMB signing is offered, but not enforced.
When set to mandatory, SMB signing is required and if set
- to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">client signing = False</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a>server string (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print
+ to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">client signing = False</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a>server string (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2894689"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print
manager and next to the IPC connection in <b class="command">net view</b>. It
can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next
to the machine name.</p><p>A <i class="parameter"><tt>%v</tt></i> will be replaced with the Samba
version number.</p><p>A <i class="parameter"><tt>%h</tt></i> will be replaced with the
hostname.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">server string = Samba %v</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">server string = University of GNUs Samba
- Server</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a>set directory (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If <b class="command">set directory = no</b>, then
+ Server</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a>set directory (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2894780"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If <b class="command">set directory = no</b>, then
users of the service may not use the setdir command to change
directory.</p><p>The <b class="command">setdir</b> command is only implemented
in the Digital Pathworks client. See the Pathworks documentation
- for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">set directory = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a>set primary group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a
+ for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">set directory = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a>set primary group script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2894842"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a
primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script
sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an
administrator sets the primary group from the windows user
@@ -2683,13 +2692,13 @@ print5|My Printer 5
vampire</b>. <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced
with the user whose primary group is to be set.
<i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group to
- set.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No default value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">set primary group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a>set quota command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">set quota command</b> should only be used
+ set.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No default value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">set primary group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a>set quota command (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2894917"></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">set quota command</b> should only be used
whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that
samba can use.</p><p>This parameter should specify the path to a script that
can set quota for the specified arguments.</p><p>The specified script should take the following arguments:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>1 - quota type
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div><p>
</p></li><li><p>2 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A)</p></li><li><p>3 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce)</p></li><li><p>4 - block softlimit</p></li><li><p>5 - block hardlimit</p></li><li><p>6 - inode softlimit</p></li><li><p>7 - inode hardlimit</p></li><li><p>8(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024</p></li></ul></div><p>The script should output at least one line of data.</p><p>See also the <a href="#GETQUOTACOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>get quota command</tt></i></a> parameter.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">set quota command = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">set quota command = /usr/local/sbin/set_quota</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHAREMODES"></a>share modes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">set quota command = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">set quota command = /usr/local/sbin/set_quota</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHAREMODES"></a>share modes (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895087"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of
the <i class="parameter"><tt>share modes</tt></i> during a file open. These
modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access
to a file.</p><p>These open modes are not directly supported by UNIX, so
@@ -2700,13 +2709,13 @@ print5|My Printer 5
<tt class="constant">DENY_NONE</tt> and <tt class="constant">DENY_FCB</tt>.
</p><p>This option gives full share compatibility and enabled
by default.</p><p>You should <span class="emphasis"><em>NEVER</em></span> turn this parameter
- off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">share modes = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a>short preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls if new files
+ off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">share modes = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a>short preserve case (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895189"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls if new files
which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of
suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced
to be the <a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default case
</tt></i></a>. This option can be use with <a href="#PRESERVECASE"><b class="command">preserve case = yes</b>
</a> to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short
- names are lowered. </p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">short preserve case = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a>show add printer wizard (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support
+ names are lowered. </p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">short preserve case = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a>show add printer wizard (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895273"></a></span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support
for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will
appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will
contain an icon for the MS Add Printer Wizard (APW). However, it is
@@ -2725,7 +2734,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5
administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p><p>See also <a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter
command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">
<i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PRINTERADMIN">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i></a></p><p>Default :<b class="command">show add printer wizard = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</em></span>
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i></a></p><p>Default :<b class="command">show add printer wizard = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>shutdown script (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895403"></a></span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</em></span>
This a full path name to a script called by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>This command will be run as the user connected to the server.</p><p>%m %t %r %f parameters are expanded:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%m</tt></i> will be substituted with the
shutdown message sent to the server.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%t</tt></i> will be substituted with the
number of seconds to wait before effectively starting the
@@ -2745,12 +2754,12 @@ let "time++"
</pre><p>
Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
</p><p>See also <a href="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>abort shutdown script</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a>smb passwd file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By
- default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">smb passwd file = ${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPORTS"></a>smb ports (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">smb ports = 445 139</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a>socket address (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>abort shutdown script</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a>smb passwd file (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895586"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By
+ default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">smb passwd file = ${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPORTS"></a>smb ports (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895638"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">smb ports = 445 139</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a>socket address (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895678"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what
address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to
support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each
with a different configuration.</p><p>By default Samba will accept connections on any
- address.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">socket address = 192.168.2.20</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a>socket options (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options
+ address.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">socket address = 192.168.2.20</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a>socket options (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895726"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options
to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer
of the operating systems which allow the connection to be
tuned.</p><p>This option will typically be used to tune your Samba server
@@ -2774,14 +2783,14 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
not have any spaces before or after the = sign.</p><p>If you are on a local network then a sensible option
might be:</p><p><b class="command">socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</b></p><p>If you have a local network then you could try:</p><p><b class="command">socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY</b></p><p>If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try
setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT. </p><p>Note that several of the options may cause your Samba
- server to fail completely. Use these options with caution!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">socket options = TCP_NODELAY</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOURCEENVIRONMENT"></a>source environment (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter causes Samba to set environment
+ server to fail completely. Use these options with caution!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">socket options = TCP_NODELAY</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOURCEENVIRONMENT"></a>source environment (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2895957"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter causes Samba to set environment
variables as per the content of the file named.</p><p>If the value of this parameter starts with a "|" character
then Samba will treat that value as a pipe command to open and
will set the environment variables from the output of the pipe.</p><p>The contents of the file or the output of the pipe should
be formatted as the output of the standard Unix <b class="command">env(1)</b> command. This is of the form:</p><p>Example environment entry:</p><p><b class="command">SAMBA_NETBIOS_NAME = myhostname</b></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No default value</em></span></p><p>Examples: <b class="command">source environment = |/etc/smb.conf.sh</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">source environment =
- /usr/local/smb_env_vars</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STATCACHE"></a>stat cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to
+ /usr/local/smb_env_vars</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STATCACHE"></a>stat cache (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896050"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to
speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need
- to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">stat cache = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a>strict allocate (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of
+ to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">stat cache = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a>strict allocate (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896102"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of
disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>
the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real
disk storage blocks when a file is extended to the Windows behaviour
@@ -2791,13 +2800,13 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
This can be slow on some systems.</p><p>When strict allocate is <tt class="constant">no</tt> the server does sparse
disk block allocation when a file is extended.</p><p>Setting this to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> can help Samba return
out of quota messages on systems that are restricting the disk quota
- of users.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict allocate = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a>strict locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of
- file locking in the server. When this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>
+ of users.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict allocate = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a>strict locking (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896175"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of
+ file locking in the server. When this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>,
the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and
- deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on some systems.</p><p>When strict locking is <tt class="constant">no</tt> the server does file
+ deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on some systems.</p><p>When strict locking is disabled, the server performs file
lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them.</p><p>Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it
- is important, so in the vast majority of cases <b class="command">strict
- locking = no</b> is preferable.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict locking = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a>strict sync (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer
+ is important. So in the vast majority of cases, <b class="command">strict
+ locking = no</b> is preferable.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict locking = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a>strict sync (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896242"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer
shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing
a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be
suspended until the kernel has ensured that all outstanding data in
@@ -2810,9 +2819,7 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
on crashes, so there is little danger in this default setting. In
addition, this fixes many performance problems that people have
reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>See also the <a href="#SYNCALWAYS"><i class="parameter"><tt>sync
- always</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRIPDOT"></a>strip dot (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls whether to
- strip trailing dots off UNIX filenames. This helps with some
- CDROMs that have filenames ending in a single dot.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strip dot = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a>sync always (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls
+ always</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a>sync always (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896327"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls
whether writes will always be written to stable storage before
the write call returns. If this is <tt class="constant">no</tt> then the server will be
guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can
@@ -2822,7 +2829,7 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
the <i class="parameter"><tt>strict sync</tt></i> parameter must be set to
<tt class="constant">yes</tt> in order for this parameter to have
any affect.</p><p>See also the <a href="#STRICTSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict
- sync</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">sync always = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOG"></a>syslog (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter maps how Samba debug messages
+ sync</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">sync always = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOG"></a>syslog (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896418"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter maps how Samba debug messages
are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. Samba debug
level zero maps onto syslog <tt class="constant">LOG_ERR</tt>, debug
level one maps onto <tt class="constant">LOG_WARNING</tt>, debug level
@@ -2830,36 +2837,36 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to <tt class="constant">
LOG_DEBUG</tt>.</p><p>This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages
to syslog. Only messages with debug level less than this value
- will be sent to syslog.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">syslog = 1</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a>syslog only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is set then Samba debug
+ will be sent to syslog.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">syslog = 1</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a>syslog only (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896485"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is set then Samba debug
messages are logged into the system syslog only, and not to
- the debug log files.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">syslog only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a>template homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
+ the debug log files.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">syslog only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a>template homedir (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896527"></a></span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this
parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the
string <i class="parameter"><tt>%D</tt></i> is present it
is substituted with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the
string <i class="parameter"><tt>%U</tt></i> is present it
- is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">template homedir = /home/%D/%U</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATEPRIMARYGROUP"></a>template primary group (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option defines the default primary group for
+ is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">template homedir = /home/%D/%U</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATEPRIMARYGROUP"></a>template primary group (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896597"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option defines the default primary group for
each user created by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>'s local account management
functions (similar to the 'add user script').
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">template primary group = nobody</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a>template shell (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">template primary group = nobody</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a>template shell (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896649"></a></span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this
- parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">template shell = /bin/false</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a>time offset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add
+ parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">template shell = /bin/false</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a>time offset (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896700"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add
to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if
you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight
- saving time handling.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">time offset = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">time offset = 60</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESERVER"></a>time server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows
- clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">time server = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- debug timestamp</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNICODE"></a>unicode (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether Samba should try
+ saving time handling.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">time offset = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">time offset = 60</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESERVER"></a>time server (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896753"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows
+ clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">time server = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896803"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ debug timestamp</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNICODE"></a>unicode (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896845"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether Samba should try
to use unicode on the wire by default. Note: This does NOT
mean that samba will assume that the unix machine uses unicode!
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unicode = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a>unix charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unicode = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a>unix charset (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896887"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine
Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to
convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix charset = UTF8</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">unix charset = ASCII</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a>unix extensions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix charset = UTF8</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">unix charset = ASCII</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a>unix extensions (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896940"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP.
These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients
by supporting features such as symbolic links, hard links, etc...
These extensions require a similarly enabled client, and are of
- no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix extensions = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a>unix password sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
+ no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix extensions = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a>unix password sync (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2896986"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password
when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed.
If this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> the program specified in the <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd
@@ -2869,7 +2876,7 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>See also <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd
program</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt>
passwd chat</tt></i></a>.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix password sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a>update encrypted (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix password sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a>update encrypted (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897078"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with
a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) password in
the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log
on. This option allows a site to migrate from plaintext
@@ -2887,7 +2894,7 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
be set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> when this parameter is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>.</p><p>Note that even when this parameter is set a user
authenticating to <b class="command">smbd</b> must still enter a valid
password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed
- (smbpasswd) passwords.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">update encrypted = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a>use client driver (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000
+ (smbpasswd) passwords.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">update encrypted = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a>use client driver (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897181"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000
clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When
serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing
a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required
@@ -2910,14 +2917,14 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
to PRINTER_ACCESS_USE instead. Thus allowing the OpenPrinterEx()
call to succeed. <span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter MUST not be able enabled
on a print share which has valid print driver installed on the Samba
- server.</em></span></p><p>See also <a href="#DISABLESPOOLSS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">use client driver = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USEMMAP"></a>use mmap (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can
+ server.</em></span></p><p>See also <a href="#DISABLESPOOLSS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">use client driver = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USEMMAP"></a>use mmap (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897282"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can
depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent
mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a
coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> by
default on HPUX. On all other systems this parameter should be left alone. This
parameter is provided to help the Samba developers track down problems with
the tdb internal code.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">use mmap = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USER"></a>user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAME"></a>username (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">use mmap = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USER"></a>user (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897334"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAME"></a>username (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897376"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited
list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against
each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i> line is needed only when
the PC is unable to supply its own username. This is the case
@@ -2952,7 +2959,7 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a> for more information on how
this parameter determines access to the services.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">The guest account if a guest service,
else &lt;empty string&gt;.</b></p><p>Examples:<b class="command">username = fred, mary, jack, jane,
- @users, @pcgroup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a>username level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at
+ @users, @pcgroup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a>username level (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897554"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at
the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase
username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the
username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the
@@ -2962,7 +2969,7 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower
the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have
strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <tt class="constant">AstrangeUser
- </tt>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">username level = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">username level = 5</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a>username map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to specify a file containing
+ </tt>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">username level = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">username level = 5</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a>username map (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897625"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to specify a file containing
a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. This can be
used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames
that users use on DOS or Windows machines to those that the UNIX
@@ -3006,19 +3013,19 @@ guest = *
modification.</p><p>Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect
this has is with printing. Users who have been mapped may have
trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think
- they don't own the print job.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no username map</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERS"></a>users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- username</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESENDFILE"></a>use sendfile (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, and Samba
+ they don't own the print job.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no username map</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERS"></a>users (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897868"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ username</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESENDFILE"></a>use sendfile (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897910"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, and Samba
was built with the --with-sendfile-support option, and the underlying operating
system supports sendfile system call, then some SMB read calls (mainly ReadAndX
and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that
are exclusively oplocked. This may make more efficient use of the system CPU's
and cause Samba to be faster. This is off by default as it's effects are unknown
- as yet.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">use sendfile = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESPNEGO"></a>use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls controls whether samba will try
+ as yet.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">use sendfile = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESPNEGO"></a>use spnego (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2897962"></a></span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls controls whether samba will try
to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with
WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism.
Unless further issues are discovered with our SPNEGO
implementation, there is no reason this should ever be
- disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>use spnego = yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMP"></a>utmp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available if
+ disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>use spnego = yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMP"></a>utmp (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898005"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available if
Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <b class="command">
--with-utmp</b>. If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> then Samba will attempt
to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a
@@ -3028,7 +3035,7 @@ guest = *
incoming user. Enabling this option creates an n^2
algorithm to find this number. This may impede
performance on large installations. </p><p>See also the <a href="#UTMPDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- utmp directory</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">utmp = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a>utmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has
+ utmp directory</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">utmp = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a>utmp directory (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898086"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has
been configured and compiled with the option <b class="command">
--with-utmp</b>. It specifies a directory pathname that is
used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that
@@ -3036,14 +3043,14 @@ guest = *
<i class="parameter"><tt>utmp</tt></i></a> parameter. By default this is
not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the
native system is set to use (usually
- <tt class="filename">/var/run/utmp</tt> on Linux).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no utmp directory</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">utmp directory = /var/run/utmp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="-VALID"></a>-valid (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is
+ <tt class="filename">/var/run/utmp</tt> on Linux).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no utmp directory</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">utmp directory = /var/run/utmp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="-VALID"></a>-valid (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898167"></a></span></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is
valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false,
the share will be in no way visible nor accessible.
</p><p>
This option should not be
used by regular users but might be of help to developers.
Samba uses this option internally to mark shares as deleted.
- </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>True</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a>valid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should be allowed
+ </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>True</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a>valid users (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898214"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should be allowed
to login to this service. Names starting with '@', '+' and '&amp;'
are interpreted using the same rules as described in the
<i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i> parameter.</p><p>If this is empty (the default) then any user can login.
@@ -3051,7 +3058,7 @@ guest = *
users</tt></i> list then access is denied for that user.</p><p>The current servicename is substituted for <i class="parameter"><tt>%S
</tt></i>. This is useful in the [homes] section.</p><p>See also <a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users
</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No valid users list (anyone can login)
- </em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">valid users = greg, @pcusers</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOFILES"></a>veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files and directories that
+ </em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">valid users = greg, @pcusers</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOFILES"></a>veto files (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898313"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files and directories that
are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in the list must
be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included
in the entry. '*' and '?' can be used to specify multiple files
@@ -3079,7 +3086,7 @@ veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/
; Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server
; creates.
veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
-</pre></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a>veto oplock files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only valid when the <a href="#OPLOCKS">
+</pre></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a>veto oplock files (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898456"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only valid when the <a href="#OPLOCKS">
<i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a>
parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator
to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that
@@ -3091,31 +3098,31 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
client contention for files ending in <tt class="filename">.SEM</tt>.
To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use
the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for
- the particular NetBench share :</p><p>Example: <b class="command">veto oplock files = /*.SEM/</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for
+ the particular NetBench share :</p><p>Example: <b class="command">veto oplock files = /*.SEM/</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898550"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for
<a href="#VFSOBJECTS">
<i class="parameter"><tt>vfs objects</tt></i>
</a>.
- </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a>vfs objects (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which
+ </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a>vfs objects (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898595"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which
are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal
disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded
- with one or more VFS objects. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">vfs objects = extd_audit recycle</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VOLUME"></a>volume (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This allows you to override the volume label
+ with one or more VFS objects. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">vfs objects = extd_audit recycle</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VOLUME"></a>volume (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898644"></a></span></dt><dd><p> This allows you to override the volume label
returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs
- that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>the name of the share</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WIDELINKS"></a>wide links (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links
+ that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>the name of the share</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WIDELINKS"></a>wide links (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898684"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links
in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links
that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the
server are always allowed; this parameter controls access only
to areas that are outside the directory tree being exported.</p><p>Note that setting this parameter can have a negative
effect on your server performance due to the extra system calls
- that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wide links = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a>winbind cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of
+ that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wide links = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a>winbind cache time (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898738"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of
seconds the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache
user and group information before querying a Windows NT server
- again.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind cache type = 300</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENABLELOCALACCOUNTS"></a>winbind enable local accounts (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not winbindd
+ again.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind cache type = 300</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENABLELOCALACCOUNTS"></a>winbind enable local accounts (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898791"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not winbindd
will act as a stand in replacement for the various account
management hooks in smb.conf (e.g. 'add user script').
If enabled, winbindd will support the creation of local
users and groups as another source of UNIX account information
available via getpwnam() or getgrgid(), etc...
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind enable local accounts = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a>winbind enum groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind enable local accounts = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a>winbind enum groups (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898837"></a></span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress
the enumeration of groups through the <b class="command">setgrent()</b>,
<b class="command">getgrent()</b> and
<b class="command">endgrent()</b> group of system calls. If
@@ -3123,7 +3130,7 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
<tt class="constant">no</tt>, calls to the <b class="command">getgrent()</b> system
call will not return any data. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Warning:</em></span> Turning off group
enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind enum groups = yes </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a>winbind enum users (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind enum groups = yes </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a>winbind enum users (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2898937"></a></span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be
necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <b class="command">setpwent()</b>,
<b class="command">getpwent()</b> and
<b class="command">endpwent()</b> group of system calls. If
@@ -3133,32 +3140,32 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. For
example, the finger program relies on having access to the
full user list when searching for matching
- usernames. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind enum users = yes </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is now an alias for <b class="command">idmap gid</b></p><p>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group
+ usernames. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind enum users = yes </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899038"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is now an alias for <b class="command">idmap gid</b></p><p>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group
ids that are allocated by the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon. This range of group ids should have no
existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can
- occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind gid = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind gid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a>winbind separator (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character
+ occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind gid = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind gid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a>winbind separator (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899112"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character
used when listing a username of the form of <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN
</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i>. This parameter
is only applicable when using the <tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so</tt>
and <tt class="filename">nss_winbind.so</tt> modules for UNIX services.
</p><p>Please note that setting this parameter to + causes problems
with group membership at least on glibc systems, as the character +
- is used as a special character for NIS in /etc/group.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind separator = '\'</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind separator = +</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a>winbind trusted domains only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that
+ is used as a special character for NIS in /etc/group.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind separator = '\'</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind separator = +</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a>winbind trusted domains only (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899196"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that
are members of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts
distributed vi NIS, rsync, or LDAP as the uid's for winbindd users
in the hosts primary domain. Therefore, the user 'SAMBA\user1' would
be mapped to the account 'user1' in /etc/passwd instead of allocating
a new uid for him or her.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind trusted domains only = &lt;no&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is now an alias for <b class="command">idmap uid</b></p><p>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are allocated by the
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind trusted domains only = &lt;no&gt;</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899243"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is now an alias for <b class="command">idmap uid</b></p><p>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are allocated by the
<a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>
daemon. This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users within it as strange
- conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind uid = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind uid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a>winbind use default domain (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the
+ conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind uid = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind uid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a>winbind use default domain (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899316"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the
<a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users
without domain component in their username. Users without a domain
component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's own
domain. While this does not benifit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and
e-mail function in a way much closer to the way they
- would in a native unix system.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind use default domain = &lt;no&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind use default domain = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSHOOK"></a>wins hook (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this
+ would in a native unix system.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind use default domain = &lt;no&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind use default domain = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSHOOK"></a>wins hook (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899383"></a></span></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this
allows you to call an external program for all changes to the
WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the
dynamic update of external name resolution databases such as
@@ -3179,14 +3186,14 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
addresses currently registered for that name. If this list is
empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update
program <b class="command">nsupdate</b> is provided in the examples
- directory of the Samba source code. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPARTNERS"></a>wins partners (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A space separated list of partners' IP addresses for
+ directory of the Samba source code. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPARTNERS"></a>wins partners (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899506"></a></span></dt><dd><p>A space separated list of partners' IP addresses for
WINS replication. WINS partners are always defined as push/pull
partners as defining only one way WINS replication is unreliable.
WINS replication is currently experimental and unreliable between
samba servers.
- </p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins partners = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">wins partners = 192.168.0.1 172.16.1.2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPROXY"></a>wins proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name
+ </p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins partners = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">wins partners = 192.168.0.1 172.16.1.2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPROXY"></a>wins proxy (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899561"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name
queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this
- to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins proxy = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSERVER"></a>wins server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP
+ to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins proxy = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSERVER"></a>wins server (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899616"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP
address for preference) of the WINS server that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on
your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a
multi-subnetted network.</p><p>If you want to work in multiple namespaces, you can
@@ -3198,17 +3205,17 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
browsing to work correctly.</p></div><p>See the <a href="#">???</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>not enabled</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">wins server = mary:192.9.200.1 fred:192.168.3.199 mary:192.168.2.61</b></p><p>For this example when querying a certain name, 192.19.200.1 will
be asked first and if that doesn't respond 192.168.2.61. If either
of those doesn't know the name 192.168.3.199 will be queried.
- </p><p>Example: <b class="command">wins server = 192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a>wins support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should
+ </p><p>Example: <b class="command">wins server = 192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a>wins support (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899728"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should
not set this to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
you wish a particular <b class="command">nmbd</b> to be your WINS server.
Note that you should <span class="emphasis"><em>NEVER</em></span> set this to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>
- on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins support = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WORKGROUP"></a>workgroup (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will
+ on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins support = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WORKGROUP"></a>workgroup (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899801"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will
appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter
also controls the Domain name used with
the <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"><b class="command">security = domain</b></a>
- setting.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>set at compile time to WORKGROUP</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">workgroup = MYGROUP</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#WRITEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>
- writeable</tt></i></a> for people who can't spell :-).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEABLE"></a>writeable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a href="#READONLY">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a>write cache size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
+ setting.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>set at compile time to WORKGROUP</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">workgroup = MYGROUP</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899864"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#WRITEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>
+ writeable</tt></i></a> for people who can't spell :-).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEABLE"></a>writeable (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899905"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a href="#READONLY">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a>write cache size (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2899949"></a></span></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file
(it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for
non-oplocked files). All writes that the client does not request
@@ -3221,17 +3228,17 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
be the RAID stripe size) and can improve performance on systems
where the disk subsystem is a bottleneck but there is free
memory for userspace programs.</p><p>The integer parameter specifies the size of this cache
- (per oplocked file) in bytes.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write cache size = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">write cache size = 262144</b></p><p>for a 256k cache size per file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITELIST"></a>write list (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that are given read-write
+ (per oplocked file) in bytes.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write cache size = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">write cache size = 262144</b></p><p>for a 256k cache size per file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITELIST"></a>write list (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2900032"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that are given read-write
access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then
they will be given write access, no matter what the <a href="#READONLY">
<i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a>
option is set to. The list can include group names using the
@group syntax.</p><p>Note that if a user is in both the read list and the
write list then they will be given write access.</p><p>See also the <a href="#READLIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>read list
- </tt></i></a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write list = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">write list = admin, root, @staff</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEOK"></a>write ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a href="#READONLY">
- <i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITERAW"></a>write raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server
+ </tt></i></a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write list = &lt;empty string&gt;</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">write list = admin, root, @staff</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEOK"></a>write ok (S)<a class="indexterm" name="id2900122"></a></span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a href="#READONLY">
+ <i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITERAW"></a>write raw (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2900165"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server
will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients.
- You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write raw = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a>wtmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has
+ You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write raw = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a>wtmp directory (G)<a class="indexterm" name="id2900208"></a></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has
been configured and compiled with the option <b class="command">
--with-utmp</b>. It specifies a directory pathname that is
used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
index 1c3cc5a2d3..ebb5ece316 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls &#8212; Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbcacls</tt> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-A acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [-n] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <b class="command">smbcacls</b> program manipulates NT Access Control
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls &#8212; Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbcacls</tt> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [-n] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <b class="command">smbcacls</b> program manipulates NT Access Control
Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <b class="command">smbcacls</b> program.
- The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-A acls</span></dt><dd><p>Add the ACLs specified to the ACL list. Existing
+ The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a acls</span></dt><dd><p>Add the ACLs specified to the ACL list. Existing
access control entries are unchanged. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-M acls</span></dt><dd><p>Modify the mask value (permissions) for the ACLs
specified on the command line. An error will be printed for each
ACL specified that was not already present in the ACL list
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
Don't actually do anything, only validate the correctness of
the arguments.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for
-<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
configuration details required by the server. The
information in this file includes server-specific
information such as what printcap file to use, as well
@@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
logged to the log files about the activities of the
server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
warnings will be logged. Level 1 is a reasonable level for
-day to day running - it generates a small amount of
+day-to-day running - it generates a small amount of
information about operations carried out.</p><p>Levels above 1 will generate considerable
amounts of log data, and should only be used when
investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for
use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
-override the <a class="indexterm" name="id2800108"></a><a href="#"><i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i></a> parameter
+override the <a class="indexterm" name="id2800147"></a><a href="#"><i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i></a> parameter
in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension
<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is
never removed by the client.
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html
index 59dcd106ed..0438bcd42e 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v</span></dt><dd><p>
Be verbose.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for
-<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
configuration details required by the server. The
information in this file includes server-specific
information such as what printcap file to use, as well
@@ -22,15 +22,15 @@ not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
logged to the log files about the activities of the
server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
warnings will be logged. Level 1 is a reasonable level for
-day to day running - it generates a small amount of
+day-to-day running - it generates a small amount of
information about operations carried out.</p><p>Levels above 1 will generate considerable
amounts of log data, and should only be used when
investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for
use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
-override the <a class="indexterm" name="id2796846"></a><i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> parameter
+override the <a class="indexterm" name="id2800092"></a><a href="#"><i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i></a> parameter
in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension
-<tt class="constant">&quot;.client&quot;</tt> will be appended. The log file is
+<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is
never removed by the client.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal
password prompt from the client to the user. This is useful when
@@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>QU
arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
- to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b class="command">smbcacls</b> was written by Stefan Metzmacher.</p></div></div></body></html>
+ to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b class="command">smbcquotas</b> was written by Stefan Metzmacher.</p></div></div></body></html>
generated by cgit (git 2.34.1) at 2024-07-19 16:22:20 +0000